]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #23217 from keszybz/oomd-docs
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 251:
4
5 Backwards-incompatible changes:
6
7 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
8 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
9
10 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
11 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
12
13 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
14 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
15 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
16 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
17 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
18 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
19
20 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
21 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
22 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
23
24 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
25 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
26 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
27 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
28 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
29 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
30 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
31
32 * All kernels supported by systemd mix RDRAND (or similar) into the
33 entropy pool at early boot. This means that on those systems, even if
34 /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still returns bytes that that
35 are at least as high quality as RDRAND. For that reason, we no longer
36 have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which has
37 historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6 provide
38 the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random bytes
39 before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into kmsg,
40 which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct usage
41 of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are running
42 an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not seen with
43 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86 systems, there
44 should be no visible changes.
45
46 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
47 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
48 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
49 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
50 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
51 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
52 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
53 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
54 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
55 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
56 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
57 this compatibility feature in two year's time.
58
59 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
60 of pcap.
61
62 * An udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with
63 lowercase hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd
64 250. This has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are
65 supposed to be used, and we already had a rule that with the
66 appropriate match.
67
68 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
69
70 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
71 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
72 It is apparently used by the linker now.
73
74 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
75
76 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
77 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
78 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
79 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
80 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
81 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
82 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
83 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
84 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
85 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
86 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
87 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
88 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
89 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
90 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
91 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
92
93 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
94 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
95 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
96 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
97 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
98
99 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
100 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
101 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
102 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
103 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
104 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
105
106 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
107 systemd-boot boot loader.
108
109 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
110 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
111 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
112 allows choosing different initrd generators.
113
114 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
115 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
116 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
117 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
118 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
119 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
120 prepared successfully.
121
122 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
123 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
124 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
125 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
126 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
127 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
128
129 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
130 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
131 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
132 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
133
134 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
135 paths and other settings used.
136
137 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
138 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
139 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
140
141 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
142 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
143 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
144 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
145 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
146
147 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
148 menu entries in JSON format.
149
150 Changes in systemd-homed:
151
152 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
153 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
154 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
155 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
156 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
157 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
158 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
159 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
160 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
161 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
162 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
163 uses, see:
164
165 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
166
167 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
168 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
169 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
170 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
171 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
172 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
173 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
174 context of the local system.
175
176 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
177 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
178 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
179 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
180 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
181 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
182 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
183 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
184 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
185
186 Changes in shared libraries:
187
188 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
189 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
190 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
191 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
192
193 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
194 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
195 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
196 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
197 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
198 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
199 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
200 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
201 the library.
202
203 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
204 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
205 format instead of simple series of hex characters.
206
207 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
208 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
209 object from a device node name or file system path.
210
211 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
212 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
213 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
214 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
215 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
216 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
217 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
218 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
219
220 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
221
222 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
223 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
224 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
225 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
226 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
227 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
228
229 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
230 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
231 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
232 disk image files.)
233
234 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
235
236 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
237 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
238 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
239 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
240 manager.
241
242 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
243
244 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
245 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
246 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
247
248 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
249 systemd-oomd.
250
251 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
252 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
253 unit files.
254
255 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
256 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
257
258 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
259 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
260
261 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
262 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
263 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
264 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
265 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
266 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
267 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
268 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
269
270 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
271 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
272 Condition*= settings.
273
274 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
275 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
276
277 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
278 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
279 assign to each cgroup.
280
281 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
282 devices and the associated governor, via the new
283 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
284 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
285
286 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
287 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
288
289 * 'systemctl enable' and similar commands will now create relative
290 symlinks in .wants/ and .requires/ and for aliases. Most of the time
291 systemd itself doesn't care, but absolute symlinks were causing wrong
292 behaviour in case of aliases to linked unit files. The change was
293 necessary to fix this aspect. Absolute links are interpreted as
294 before, and it is still possible to create them via other means.
295
296 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
297 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
298 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
299
300 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
301 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
302 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
303 range
304
305 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
306 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
307 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has been
308 completed.
309
310 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
311 environment variables set describing the execution context a
312 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
313 system service manager, or from the per-user service
314 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
315 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
316 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
317 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
318 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
319 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
320 kernel is built for.
321
322 Changes in systemd-journald:
323
324 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
325 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
326
327 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
328
329 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
330 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
331
332 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
333 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
334
335 Changes in udev:
336
337 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
338 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
339 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
340 default.
341
342 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
343 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
344
345 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
346 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
347
348 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
349 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
350 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
351 initialized yet, respectively.
352
353 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
354 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
355 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
356 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
357 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
358
359 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
360 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
361 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
362 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
363
364 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
365 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
366
367 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
368 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
369
370 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
371 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
372 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
373 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
374 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
375 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
376 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
377 the one in the symlink path.
378
379 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
380
381 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
382 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
383 only supported in .network files.
384
385 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
386 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
387
388 Changes in systemd-networkd:
389
390 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
391 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
392 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
393 still honored.
394
395 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
396 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
397 up.
398
399 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
400 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
401
402 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
403 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
404
405 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
406 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
407
408 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
409
410 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
411 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
412 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
413 address.
414
415 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
416 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
417 mode).
418
419 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
420 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
421
422 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
423 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
424 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
425 PXE boot).
426
427 Changes in systemd-resolved:
428
429 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
430 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
431 there.
432
433 Changes in disk encryption:
434
435 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
436 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
437 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
438
439 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
440
441 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
442 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
443 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
444
445 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
446 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
447 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
448
449 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
450
451 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
452 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
453
454 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
455 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
456 hostnamed.
457
458 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
459 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
460 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
461 firmware version of the system.
462
463 Changes in other components:
464
465 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
466 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
467 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
468 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
469 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
470
471 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
472 list of known users.
473
474 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
475 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
476 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
477
478 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
479 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
480
481 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
482 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
483 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
484 a device found.
485
486 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
487 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
488 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
489 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
490 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
491 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
492 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
493
494 Experimental features:
495
496 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
497 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
498 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
499 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
500 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
501 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
502 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
503 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
504 compatibility with the current implementation.
505
506 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
507 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
508 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
509 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
510
511 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
512 AlexCatze, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Andrea Pappacoda,
513 Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
514 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
515 bearhoney, Benjamin Berg, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III,
516 Curtis Klein, Daan De Meyer, Danilo Krummrich, David, David Bond,
517 Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Donald Chan,
518 Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
519 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
520 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Goffredo Baroncelli, Grigori Goronzy,
521 Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho, James Hilliard,
522 Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld, Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram,
523 Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva, ksa678491784, Lan Tian, Laura Barcziova,
524 Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong, Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster,
525 Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
526 Marcel Hellwig, march1993, Marco Scardovi, Markus Weippert,
527 Martin Wilck, Matija Skala, Matthias Lisin, Matt Walton, Max Gautier,
528 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný, Mike Gilbert,
529 Morten Linderud, Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Peter Hutterer,
530 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, prumian, Richard Neill,
531 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof, Ryan Hendrickson,
532 Santa Wiryaman, Seth Falco, Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo,
533 Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Tobias Stoeckmann,
534 Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vivien Didelot, Weblate,
535 Xiaotian Wu, yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yu Watanabe,
536 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
537
538 — Warsaw, 2022-03---
539
540 CHANGES WITH 250:
541
542 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
543 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
544 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
545 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
546 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
547 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
548 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
549 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
550 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
551 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
552 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
553
554 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
555 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
556 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
557 installation or hardware.
558
559 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
560 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
561
562 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
563 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
564 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
565 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
566 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
567 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
568 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
569
570 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
571 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
572 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
573 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
574 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
575 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
576 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
577 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
578 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
579 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
580 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
581 drop-in file mechanism).
582
583 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
584 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
585 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
586 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
587 service, or attached as system extension.
588
589 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
590 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
591 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
592 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
593 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
594
595 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
596 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
597 are supported.
598
599 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
600 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
601 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
602 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
603 systemd-binfmtd is running.
604
605 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
606 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
607 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
608 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
609 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
610 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
611 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
612 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
613 does not trigger any operation by default.
614
615 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
616 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
617 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
618 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
619 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
620 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
621 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
622 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
623
624 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
625 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
626 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
627 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
628 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
629
630 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
631 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
632 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
633 request this behavior.
634
635 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
636 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
637 time-out for the boot.
638
639 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
640 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
641 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
642 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
643 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
644 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
645 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
646 system services or the managers themselves.
647
648 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
649 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
650 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
651 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
652 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
653 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
654 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
655 group handles).
656
657 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
658 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
659
660 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
661 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
662 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
663 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
664 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
665 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
666 vs. CPUWeight.
667
668 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
669 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
670 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
671 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
672 during boot and shutdown.
673
674 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
675 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
676 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
677 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
678 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
679 https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/accounting/psi.html
680
681 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
682 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
683
684 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
685 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
686
687 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
688 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
689
690 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
691 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
692 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
693 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
694 variable passed to invoked processes.
695
696 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
697 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
698 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
699
700 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
701 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
702 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
703 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
704 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
705 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
706 names.
707
708 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
709 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
710 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
711 dimensions to a virtual machine.
712
713 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
714 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
715 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
716 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
717 cgroup instead.
718
719 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
720 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
721 mounting the autofs instance.
722
723 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
724 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
725 during build-time.
726
727 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
728 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
729 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
730 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
731 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
732 socket units.
733
734 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
735 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
736 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
737
738 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
739 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
740 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
741 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
742 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
743 trust as SHA256 banks.
744
745 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
746 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
747 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
748 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
749
750 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
751 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
752 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
753 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
754 instead.
755
756 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
757 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
758 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
759 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
760
761 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
762 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
763 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
764 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
765 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
766 root partition.
767
768 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
769 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
770 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
771 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
772 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
773 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
774
775 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
776 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
777 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
778 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
779 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
780
781 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
782 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
783
784 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
785 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
786
787 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
788 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
789 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
790 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
791 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
792 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
793 and how to trigger it.
794
795 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
796 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
797 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
798 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
799 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
800 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
801 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
802 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
803 batteries.
804
805 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
806 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
807 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
808 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
809 against abnormal system shutdown.
810
811 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
812 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
813 directory/image instead of on the host.
814
815 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
816 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
817 actually is.
818
819 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
820 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
821 or recursively any dependent units.
822
823 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
824 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
825 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
826 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
827 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
828 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
829 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
830 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
831 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
832 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
833 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
834
835 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
836
837 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
838 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
839 "filesystems" commands.
840
841 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
842 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
843 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
844 through them.
845
846 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
847 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
848 including the build-id and other info described on:
849 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
850
851 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
852 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
853 interfaces.
854
855 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
856 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
857
858 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
859 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
860 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
861 CAN timing quanta.
862
863 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
864 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
865 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
866 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
867 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
868 CAN interface.
869
870 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
871 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
872 addresses.
873
874 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
875 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
876 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
877
878 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
879 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
880 DHCP 6RD option.
881
882 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
883 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
884 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
885
886 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
887 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
888
889 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
890 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
891 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
892
893 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
894 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
895 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
896 records.
897
898 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
899 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
900 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
901 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
902 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
903
904 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
905 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
906 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
907 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
908 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
909 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
910 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
911 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
912
913 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
914 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
915
916 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
917 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
918 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
919
920 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
921 setting to specify the router address.
922
923 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
924 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
925 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
926 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
927
928 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
929 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
930 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
931 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
932 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
933
934 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
935 interfaces has been improved.
936
937 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
938 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
939 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
940 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
941
942 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
943 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
944 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
945
946 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
947 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
948 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
949
950 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
951 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
952 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
953 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
954
955 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
956 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
957 hardware supports.
958
959 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
960 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
961
962 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
963 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
964 that supports this.
965
966 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
967 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
968 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
969 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
970 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
971 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
972 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
973
974 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
975 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
976 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
977 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
978 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
979 the performance win is beneficial.
980
981 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
982 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
983
984 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
985 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
986 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
987 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
988 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
989 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
990 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
991 taken to shift them manually.
992
993 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
994 show the Windows version.
995
996 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
997 build-time.
998
999 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1000 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1001 resolutions and save the last selection.
1002
1003 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1004 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1005 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1006 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1007
1008 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1009 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1010 items).
1011
1012 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1013 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1014 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1015 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1016 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1017
1018 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1019 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1020 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1021
1022 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1023 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1024 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1025 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1026 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1027
1028 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1029 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1030 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1031 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1032 kernel image.
1033
1034 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1035 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1036
1037 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1038 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1039 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1040 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1041 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1042 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1043 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1044 credentials, see above).
1045
1046 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1047 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1048 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1049
1050 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1051 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1052 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1053 Specification Type #2.
1054
1055 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1056 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1057 non-x86 architectures.
1058
1059 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1060 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1061 or just the subsequent boot).
1062
1063 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1064 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1065 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1066 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1067 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1068 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1069 layout specified in
1070 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1071 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1072 values for this variable.
1073
1074 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1075 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1076 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1077 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1078 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1079 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1080 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1081 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1082 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1083 machine-id.
1084
1085 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1086 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1087 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1088 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1089 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1090 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1091 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1092 without conflict.
1093
1094 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1095 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1096 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1097 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1098 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1099 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1100 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1101 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1102 installations that use the bls layout.
1103
1104 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1105
1106 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1107 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1108 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1109 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1110 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1111 attached under a wrong name this way.
1112
1113 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1114 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1115 default 'add').
1116
1117 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1118 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1119
1120 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1121 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1122 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1123 be accessible to regular users.
1124
1125 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1126 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1127 they point (front or back).
1128
1129 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1130 added to hwdb.
1131
1132 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1133 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1134
1135 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1136 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1137 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1138 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1139 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1140 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1141
1142 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1143 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1144
1145 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1146 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1147 support).
1148
1149 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1150 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1151 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1152
1153 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1154 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1155
1156 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1157 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1158 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1159
1160 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1161 forked, sandboxed process.
1162
1163 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1164 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1165 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1166 reason it was not tried again.
1167
1168 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1169 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1170 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1171 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1172 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1173 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1174
1175 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1176 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1177 homectl switch.
1178
1179 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1180 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1181 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1182 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1183 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1184 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1185 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1186 system trees is no longer necessary.
1187
1188 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1189 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1190 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1191
1192 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1193 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1194 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1195 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1196 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1197 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1198
1199 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1200 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1201 by default.
1202
1203 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1204 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1205 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1206 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1207 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1208 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1209
1210 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1211 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1212 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1213 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1214 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1215 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1216 precisely.
1217
1218 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1219 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1220 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1221 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1222 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1223 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1224 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1225 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1226 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1227
1228 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1229 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1230 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1231 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1232 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1233 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1234 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1235 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1236 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1237 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1238 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1239 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1240
1241 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1242 to use when outputting user or group records.
1243
1244 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1245 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1246 record resolution logic.
1247
1248 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1249 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1250 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1251 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1252 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1253 other also configured in the command line.
1254
1255 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1256 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1257 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1258 watch.
1259
1260 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1261 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1262 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1263 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1264
1265 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1266 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1267
1268 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1269
1270 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1271 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1272
1273 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1274 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1275 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1276 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1277 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1278 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1279 shutdown.
1280
1281 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1282 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1283 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1284 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1285 environments.
1286
1287 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1288 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1289 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1290 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1291 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1292 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1293 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1294 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1295 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1296 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1297 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1298
1299 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1300 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
1301 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
1302 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
1303
1304 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
1305 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
1306
1307 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
1308
1309 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
1310 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
1311 appropriate primary group.
1312
1313 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
1314
1315 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
1316
1317 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
1318 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
1319 work.
1320
1321 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
1322 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
1323
1324 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
1325 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
1326
1327 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
1328 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
1329
1330 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
1331 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
1332 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
1333 that have compression enabled.
1334
1335 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
1336 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
1337 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
1338 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
1339
1340 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
1341 messages.
1342
1343 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
1344 corruption.
1345
1346 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
1347 scheduled shutdown.
1348
1349 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
1350 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
1351 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
1352 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
1353
1354 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
1355 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
1356 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
1357 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
1358 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
1359 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1360 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
1361 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
1362 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
1363 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
1364 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
1365 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
1366 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
1367 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
1368 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
1369 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
1370 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
1371 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
1372 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
1373 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
1374 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
1375 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
1376 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
1377 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
1378 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
1379 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
1380 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
1381 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
1382 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
1383 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
1384 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
1385 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
1386 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
1387 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
1388 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
1389 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
1390 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
1391 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
1392 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
1393 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
1394 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
1395 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
1396 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
1397 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
1398 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1399 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1400
1401 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
1402
1403 CHANGES WITH 249:
1404
1405 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
1406 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
1407 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
1408 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
1409 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
1410 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
1411 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
1412 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
1413 a matching version identifier.
1414
1415 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
1416 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
1417 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
1418 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
1419 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
1420 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
1421 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
1422 during first boot. Example:
1423
1424 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
1425
1426 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
1427 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
1428 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
1429 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
1430 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
1431
1432 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
1433 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
1434 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
1435 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
1436 /etc/).
1437
1438 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
1439 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
1440 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
1441 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
1442
1443 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
1444 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
1445 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
1446 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
1447 systemd-sysusers tools.
1448
1449 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
1450 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
1451 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
1452 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
1453 itself.
1454
1455 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1456 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
1457 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
1458 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
1459 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
1460 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
1461 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
1462 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
1463 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
1464 immediately, even in read-only mode.
1465
1466 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
1467 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
1468 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
1469 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
1470 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
1471
1472 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1473 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
1474 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
1475 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
1476 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
1477
1478 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
1479 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
1480 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
1481 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
1482 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
1483 specifiers.
1484
1485 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
1486 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
1487 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
1488 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
1489
1490 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
1491 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
1492 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
1493 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
1494 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
1495 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
1496 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
1497 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
1498 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
1499 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
1500 information, see:
1501
1502 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
1503
1504 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
1505 (IEEE 1394).
1506
1507 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
1508 backwards-incompatible changes:
1509
1510 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
1511 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
1512 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
1513 number.
1514
1515 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
1516 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
1517 where values up to 65535 are used.
1518
1519 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
1520
1521 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
1522 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
1523 command line parameter.
1524
1525 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
1526 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
1527 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
1528
1529 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
1530 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
1531 the udev device first appeared in the database.
1532
1533 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
1534 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
1535 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
1536 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1537 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1538 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1539 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1540 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1541 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1542 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1543 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1544 uevent.
1545
1546 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1547 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1548 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1549 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1550 index.
1551
1552 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1553 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1554 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1555 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1556 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1557 for that official:
1558
1559 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1560
1561 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1562 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1563 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1564 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1565 services into them.
1566
1567 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1568 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1569 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1570 available on private domains.
1571
1572 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1573
1574 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1575 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1576 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1577
1578 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1579 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1580 connectivity.
1581
1582 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1583 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1584 consider an interface "online".
1585
1586 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1587 information.
1588
1589 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1590 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1591
1592 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1593 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1594
1595 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1596 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1597 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1598 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1599
1600 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1601 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1602 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1603 before.
1604
1605 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1606 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1607 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1608 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1609
1610 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1611 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1612 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1613
1614 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1615 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1616 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1617 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1618 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1619 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1620 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1621
1622 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1623 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1624 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1625 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1626 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1627 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1628 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1629 compatibility.)
1630
1631 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1632 files.
1633
1634 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1635 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1636 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1637 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1638
1639 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1640 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1641 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1642 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1643 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1644 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1645
1646 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1647 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1648 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1649 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1650 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1651 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1652 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1653 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1654 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1655 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1656 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1657 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1658 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1659 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1660 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1661
1662 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1663
1664 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1665 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1666 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1667 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1668 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1669 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1670 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1671
1672 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1673 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1674 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1675 via BPF.
1676
1677 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1678 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1679 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1680 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1681
1682 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1683 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1684 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1685 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1686 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1687 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1688
1689 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1690 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1691 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1692 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1693 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1694 program code that can consume JSON.
1695
1696 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1697 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1698
1699 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1700 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1701 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1702 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1703 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1704 continue to be supported for compatibility.
1705
1706 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1707 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1708
1709 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1710 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1711 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1712 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1713 level.
1714
1715 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1716 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1717 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1718 Type 1 boot loader entries.
1719
1720 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1721 may be specified now.
1722
1723 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1724 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1725 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1726 an interactive user is generally not present.
1727
1728 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1729 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1730 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1731 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1732 asterisks.)
1733
1734 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1735 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1736 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1737 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1738 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1739 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1740 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1741 used FIDO2 token.
1742
1743 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1744 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1745 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1746 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1747 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1748 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1749 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1750
1751 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1752 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1753 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1754 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1755 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1756 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1757 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1758 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
1759 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
1760 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
1761 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
1762 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
1763 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
1764 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
1765 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
1766 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
1767 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
1768 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
1769 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
1770 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
1771 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
1772 privileges on the host).
1773
1774 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
1775 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
1776 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
1777
1778 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
1779 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
1780 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
1781 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
1782 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
1783 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
1784 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
1785 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
1786 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
1787
1788 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
1789 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
1790 user database lookups.
1791
1792 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
1793 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
1794 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
1795 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
1796 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
1797 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
1798 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
1799 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
1800 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
1801 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
1802 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
1803 is trivially simple.
1804
1805 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
1806 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
1807 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
1808 Journal records.
1809
1810 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
1811 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
1812 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
1813 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
1814 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
1815 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
1816 units that are members of a slice.
1817
1818 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
1819 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
1820 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
1821 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
1822
1823 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
1824 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
1825 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
1826 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
1827 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
1828 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
1829
1830 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
1831 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
1832 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
1833 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
1834 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
1835 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
1836 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
1837 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
1838 another unit that intends to uphold it.
1839
1840 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
1841 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
1842
1843 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
1844 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
1845 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
1846
1847 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
1848 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
1849 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
1850 characters literally.
1851
1852 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
1853 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
1854 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
1855 switch.
1856
1857 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
1858 the systemd source code tree:
1859
1860 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
1861
1862 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
1863 the initrd.
1864
1865 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
1866 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
1867 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
1868
1869 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
1870 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
1871 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
1872 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
1873
1874 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
1875 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
1876 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
1877 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
1878 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
1879 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
1880 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
1881 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
1882
1883 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
1884 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
1885
1886 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
1887 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
1888 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
1889 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
1890
1891 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
1892 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
1893 generation.
1894
1895 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
1896 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
1897 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
1898
1899 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
1900 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
1901
1902 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
1903 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
1904 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
1905
1906 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
1907 setting a network timeout time.
1908
1909 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
1910 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
1911 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
1912
1913 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
1914 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
1915 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
1916 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
1917 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
1918 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
1919 that.
1920
1921 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
1922 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
1923 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
1924 events in a short time window.
1925
1926 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1927 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
1928 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
1929 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
1930 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
1931 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
1932 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
1933 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
1934 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
1935 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
1936 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
1937 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
1938 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
1939 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
1940 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
1941 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
1942 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
1943 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
1944 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
1945 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
1946 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
1947 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
1948 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
1949 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
1950 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
1951 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
1952 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
1953 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
1954 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
1955 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
1956 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
1957
1958 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
1959
1960 CHANGES WITH 248:
1961
1962 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
1963 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
1964 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
1965 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
1966 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
1967 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
1968
1969 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
1970 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
1971 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
1972
1973 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
1974 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
1975 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
1976
1977 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
1978 supported system extension level.
1979
1980 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
1981 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
1982 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
1983 constraints.
1984
1985 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
1986 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
1987 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
1988
1989 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
1990 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
1991 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
1992 similar to /etc/crypttab.
1993
1994 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
1995 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
1996
1997 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
1998 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
1999 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2000 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2001 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2002
2003 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2004 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2005 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2006 user.
2007
2008 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2009 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2010 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2011 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2012 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2013 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2014 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2015 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2016
2017 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2018 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2019 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2020 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2021 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2022
2023 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2024 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2025 D-Bus properties.
2026
2027 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2028 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2029 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2030 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2031 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2032 shows this in the status output.
2033
2034 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2035 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2036 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2037 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2038 the need for configuration in an external file.
2039
2040 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2041 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2042 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2043
2044 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2045 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2046 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2047
2048 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2049 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2050 them. See:
2051
2052 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2053
2054 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2055
2056 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2057 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2058 dependency.
2059
2060 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2061 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2062 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2063
2064 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2065 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2066 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2067 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2068 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2069 output and such.
2070
2071 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2072 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2073
2074 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2075 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2076
2077 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2078 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2079 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2080 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2081
2082 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2083 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2084 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2085 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2086
2087 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2088 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2089 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2090
2091 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2092 IPC namespace.
2093
2094 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2095 generated from kernel lists exported on
2096 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2097
2098 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2099 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2100 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2101
2102 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2103 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2104 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2105 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2106
2107 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2108 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2109 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2110
2111 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2112 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2113 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2114 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2115
2116 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2117 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2118
2119 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2120 noexec for parts of the file system.
2121
2122 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2123 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2124 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2125 systemctl and similar tools:
2126
2127 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2128
2129 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2130 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2131 the host itself is connected to
2132
2133 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2134
2135 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2136 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2137 parameter: the message to send.
2138
2139 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2140 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2141 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2142
2143 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2144 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2145
2146 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2147 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2148
2149 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2150 queue to be configured.
2151
2152 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2153 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2154 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2155
2156 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2157 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2158 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2159 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2160 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2161 .network files.
2162
2163 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2164 switch to select the routing policy table.
2165
2166 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2167 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2168
2169 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2170 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2171 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2172 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2173 added.
2174
2175 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2176 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2177
2178 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2179 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2180
2181 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2182 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2183 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2184 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2185
2186 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2187 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2188 devices.
2189
2190 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2191 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2192 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2193
2194 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2195 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2196 even a single device.
2197
2198 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2199 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2200 systems.
2201
2202 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2203 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2204
2205 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2206 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2207 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2208 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2209 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2210
2211 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2212 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2213
2214 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2215 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2216 libfprint.
2217
2218 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2219 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2220 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2221 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2222 the upstream server.
2223
2224 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2225 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2226 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2227 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2228 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2229 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2230 anyway.
2231
2232 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2233 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2234 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2235
2236 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2237 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2238 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2239 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2240 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2241 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2242 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2243 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2244 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2245 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2246 lookup.
2247
2248 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2249 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2250 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2251
2252 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2253 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2254 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2255 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2256 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2257 IPv4-only).
2258
2259 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2260 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2261 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2262
2263 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2264 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2265
2266 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2267 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2268 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2269 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2270 units.
2271
2272 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2273 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
2274 operation, but it is still recommended.
2275
2276 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2277 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2278
2279 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2280 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2281
2282 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2283 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2284 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2285
2286 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2287 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2288 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2289
2290 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2291 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2292 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2293 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2294 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2295 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2296 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2297 imported into the manager environment block.
2298
2299 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2300 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
2301 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
2302
2303 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
2304 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
2305 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
2306 reloaded "↻".
2307
2308 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
2309 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
2310 a simple JSON format.
2311
2312 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
2313 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
2314 process signals and their numbers.
2315
2316 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
2317
2318 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
2319 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
2320
2321 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
2322 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
2323 colors are used in output.
2324
2325 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
2326 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
2327 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
2328 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
2329 disable this output again.
2330
2331 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
2332 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
2333 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
2334 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
2335
2336 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
2337 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
2338 recommended.
2339
2340 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
2341 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
2342 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
2343 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
2344 the keymap file first.
2345
2346 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
2347
2348 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
2349 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
2350 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
2351
2352 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
2353 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
2354 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
2355 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
2356
2357 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
2358 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
2359 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
2360 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
2361 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
2362 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
2363
2364 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
2365 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
2366 headers/legends.
2367
2368 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
2369 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
2370 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
2371 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
2372 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
2373 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
2374 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
2375 operations at a later step at once.
2376
2377 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
2378 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
2379 to regular strings.
2380
2381 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
2382 and measured the boot process into it.
2383
2384 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
2385 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
2386 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
2387 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
2388
2389 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
2390 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
2391 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
2392 it assigns the container a cgroup.
2393
2394 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
2395 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
2396
2397 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
2398 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
2399
2400 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
2401 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
2402 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
2403 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
2404 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
2405 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
2406 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
2407 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
2408 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
2409 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
2410 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
2411 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
2412 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
2413 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
2414 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
2415 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
2416 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
2417 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
2418 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
2419 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
2420 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
2421 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
2422 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
2423 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
2424 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
2425 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
2426 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
2427 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
2428 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
2429 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
2430 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
2431 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
2432 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
2433 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
2434 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
2435 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2436 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2437
2438 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
2439
2440 CHANGES WITH 247:
2441
2442 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
2443 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
2444 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
2445 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
2446 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
2447 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
2448 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
2449 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
2450 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
2451 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
2452 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
2453 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
2454 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
2455 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
2456 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
2457
2458 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
2459 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
2460 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
2461 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
2462 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
2463 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
2464 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
2465 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
2466 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
2467 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
2468 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
2469 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
2470 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
2471 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
2472 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
2473
2474 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
2475 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
2476 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
2477 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
2478 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
2479 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
2480 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
2481 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
2482 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
2483 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
2484
2485 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
2486 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
2487 handle the new events. Specifically:
2488
2489 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
2490 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
2491 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
2492 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
2493 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
2494 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
2495 generated, for all other device types this change is still
2496 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
2497 future kernel uevent type additions).
2498
2499 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
2500 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
2501 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
2502 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
2503 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
2504 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
2505 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
2506 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
2507 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
2508 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
2509 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
2510 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
2511
2512 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
2513 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
2514 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
2515 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
2516 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
2517 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
2518 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
2519 above).
2520
2521 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
2522 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
2523 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
2524 behaviour change.
2525
2526 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
2527 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
2528 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
2529 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
2530 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
2531 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
2532 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
2533 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
2534 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
2535 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
2536 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2537 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2538 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2539 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2540 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2541 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2542 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2543 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2544 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2545 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2546 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2547 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2548 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2549 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2550 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2551 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2552
2553 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2554 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2555 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2556 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2557 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2558
2559 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2560 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2561 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2562 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2563 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2564 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2565 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2566 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2567 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2568 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2569 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2570 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2571 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2572
2573 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2574 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2575 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2576 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2577 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2578 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2579 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2580 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2581 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2582 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2583 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2584 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2585 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2586 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2587 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2588 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2589 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2590 they now are optional during runtime.
2591
2592 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2593 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2594 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2595 which installs absolute timers.
2596
2597 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2598 mode, which may be controlled via the new
2599 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2600 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2601 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2602 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2603 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2604 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2605 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2606 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2607
2608 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2609 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2610 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2611 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2612 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2613 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2614 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2615 dispatched).
2616
2617 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2618 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2619 the RootImage= setting.
2620
2621 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2622 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2623 to the service.
2624
2625 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2626 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2627 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2628 different for different units).
2629
2630 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2631 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2632 options.
2633
2634 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2635 --json= switch.
2636
2637 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2638 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2639 authentication request.
2640
2641 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2642 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2643 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2644 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2645 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2646 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2647 empty.
2648
2649 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2650 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2651 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2652 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2653 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2654 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2655 image to be applied onto the image.
2656
2657 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2658 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2659 in OS disk images.
2660
2661 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2662 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2663 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2664 other output modes.
2665
2666 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2667 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2668 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2669 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2670
2671 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2672 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2673 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2674 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2675 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2676 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2677 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2678 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2679 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2680 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2681
2682 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2683 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2684 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2685 recursively to whole subtrees.
2686
2687 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2688 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2689 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2690 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2691 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2692 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2693 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2694 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2695
2696 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2697 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2698 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2699 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2700 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2701 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2702 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2703 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2704 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2705 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2706 system asks for a password.
2707
2708 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2709 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2710 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2711 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2712 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2713 up.
2714
2715 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2716 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2717 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2718
2719 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2720 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2721 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2722 virtualization.
2723
2724 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2725 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2726 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2727 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2728 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2729 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2730 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2731 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2732 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2733 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2734 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2735 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2736 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2737 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2738 directories:
2739
2740 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2741
2742 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2743 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2744 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2745
2746 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2747 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2748 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2749 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2750
2751 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2752 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2753
2754 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2755 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2756 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2757 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2758 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
2759 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
2760 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
2761 applications.
2762
2763 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
2764 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
2765 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
2766 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
2767 build time.
2768
2769 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
2770 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
2771 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
2772 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
2773 system call filter policy.
2774
2775 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
2776 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
2777 filtering is turned off.
2778
2779 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
2780 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
2781 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
2782 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
2783 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
2784 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
2785 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
2786 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
2787 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
2788
2789 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
2790 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
2791 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
2792 exited.
2793
2794 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
2795 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
2796
2797 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
2798 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
2799 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
2800 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
2801 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
2802 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
2803 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
2804 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
2805 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
2806 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
2807 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
2808 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
2809 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
2810 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
2811 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
2812 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
2813 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
2814 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
2815 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
2816 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
2817 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
2818 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
2819
2820 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
2821 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
2822 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
2823 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
2824 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
2825 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
2826 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
2827 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
2828 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
2829 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
2830 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
2831 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
2832 aforementioned service settings.
2833
2834 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
2835 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
2836 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
2837 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
2838 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
2839 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
2840 and populated — there is no time window where they are
2841 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
2842 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
2843 will start from the beginning.
2844
2845 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
2846 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
2847 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
2848 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
2849
2850 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
2851 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
2852 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
2853 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
2854 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
2855 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
2856 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
2857 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
2858 on, including in the initrd.
2859
2860 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
2861 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
2862 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
2863 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
2864
2865 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
2866 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
2867 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
2868 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
2869 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
2870
2871 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
2872 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
2873 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
2874 this property in its status output.
2875
2876 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
2877 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
2878 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
2879 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
2880 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
2881 more similarly to nss-resolve.
2882
2883 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
2884 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
2885 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
2886 ctime.
2887
2888 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
2889 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
2890
2891 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
2892 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
2893 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
2894 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
2895 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
2896 having to rebuild systemd.
2897
2898 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
2899 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
2900 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
2901 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
2902 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
2903 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
2904 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
2905 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
2906
2907 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
2908 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
2909 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
2910 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
2911 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
2912 hardlinks.
2913
2914 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
2915 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
2916 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
2917
2918 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
2919 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
2920 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
2921 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
2922
2923 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
2924 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
2925
2926 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
2927 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
2928 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
2929 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
2930 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
2931
2932 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
2933 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
2934 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
2935 compatibility).
2936
2937 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
2938 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
2939 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
2940 prefix will be assigned.
2941
2942 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
2943 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
2944 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
2945 The setting is enabled by default.
2946
2947 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
2948 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
2949
2950 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
2951 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
2952 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
2953 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
2954 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
2955 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
2956 debuggable.
2957
2958 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
2959 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
2960 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
2961 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
2962
2963 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
2964 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
2965
2966 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
2967 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
2968 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
2969 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
2970 environments where the root file system is
2971 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
2972 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
2973
2974 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
2975 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
2976 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
2977 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
2978 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
2979 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
2980 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
2981 later).
2982
2983 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
2984 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
2985 working with heavily threaded programs.
2986
2987 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
2988 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
2989 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
2990 desirable.
2991
2992 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
2993 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
2994 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
2995 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
2996 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
2997 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
2998
2999 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3000 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3001 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3002 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3003 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3004
3005 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3006 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3007 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3008 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3009 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3010 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3011 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3012 promises.
3013
3014 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3015 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3016 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3017 promises.
3018
3019 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3020 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3021 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3022 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3023 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3024 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3025 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3026 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3027 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3028
3029 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3030 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3031 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3032 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3033 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3034 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3035 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3036 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3037 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3038
3039 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3040 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3041 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3042 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3043 like this.
3044
3045 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3046 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3047 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3048 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3049 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3050 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3051 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3052 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3053 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3054
3055 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3056 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3057 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3058 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3059 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3060 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3061 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3062 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3063 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3064 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3065 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3066 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3067 appropriately.
3068
3069 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3070 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3071 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3072 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3073 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3074 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3075
3076 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3077 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3078
3079 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3080 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3081 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3082 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3083 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3084 protections for the different slices in the future.
3085
3086 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3087 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3088 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3089 image dissection logic.
3090
3091 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3092 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3093 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3094 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3095 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3096 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3097 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3098 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3099 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3100 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3101 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3102 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3103 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3104 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3105 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3106 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3107 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3108 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3109 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3110 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3111 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3112 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3113 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3114 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3115 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3116 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3117 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3118 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3119 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3120 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3121 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3122 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3123 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3124
3125 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3126
3127 CHANGES WITH 246:
3128
3129 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3130 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3131 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3132
3133 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3134 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3135
3136 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3137 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3138 based on the NUMA mask.
3139
3140 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3141 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3142 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3143
3144 * Two new unit file settings
3145 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3146 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3147 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3148 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3149
3150 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3151 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3152 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3153 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3154 instance).
3155
3156 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3157 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3158 service's processes shall include.
3159
3160 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3161 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3162 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3163 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3164
3165 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3166 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3167 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3168 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3169 depending on socket type.
3170
3171 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3172 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3173 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3174 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3175 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3176 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3177 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3178 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3179 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3180 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3181
3182 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3183 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3184 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3185 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3186 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3187 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3188 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3189 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3190
3191 * .service unit files gained two new options
3192 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3193 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3194 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3195
3196 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3197 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3198 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3199 prefix is used.
3200
3201 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3202 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3203 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3204 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3205 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3206 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3207 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3208 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3209 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3210 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3211 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3212
3213 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3214 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3215 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3216 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3217 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3218 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3219
3220 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3221 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3222 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3223 finally gone now.
3224
3225 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3226 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3227 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3228 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3229
3230 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3231 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3232 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3233 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3234 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3235 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3236 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3237 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3238
3239 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3240 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3241 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3242 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3243 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3244
3245 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3246 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3247 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3248 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3249 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3250
3251 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3252 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3253 boot.
3254
3255 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3256 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3257 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3258 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3259 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3260 device.
3261
3262 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3263 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3264 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3265
3266 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3267 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3268 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3269 conditions.
3270
3271 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3272 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3273 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3274 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3275
3276 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3277 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3278 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3279 the process that faulted.
3280
3281 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3282 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3283 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3284
3285 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3286 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3287 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3288 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3289 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3290
3291 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3292 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3293 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3294 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3295 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3296
3297 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3298 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3299 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3300 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
3301 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
3302
3303 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
3304 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
3305 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
3306 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
3307 frame ring buffer sizes.
3308
3309 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
3310 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
3311
3312 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
3313 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
3314
3315 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
3316 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
3317 automatically assigned to the interface.
3318
3319 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
3320 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
3321 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
3322 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
3323 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
3324 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
3325 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
3326 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
3327 mode for Assign=.
3328
3329 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
3330 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
3331 source addresses.
3332
3333 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
3334 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
3335 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
3336 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
3337 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
3338 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
3339 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
3340 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
3341 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
3342 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
3343
3344 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
3345 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
3346 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
3347 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
3348 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
3349 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
3350 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
3351
3352 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
3353 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
3354 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
3355 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
3356 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
3357 the RA packets suggest it.
3358
3359 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
3360 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
3361 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
3362 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
3363
3364 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
3365 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
3366 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
3367 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
3368 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
3369 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
3370 field.
3371
3372 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
3373 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
3374 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
3375 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
3376 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
3377 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
3378
3379 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
3380 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
3381
3382 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
3383 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
3384 the VLAN protocol to use.
3385
3386 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
3387 of the .network files, to control the link group.
3388
3389 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
3390 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
3391 link local address is generated.
3392
3393 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
3394 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
3395 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
3396 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
3397 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
3398 carefully picking an interface name to use.
3399
3400 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
3401 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
3402
3403 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
3404 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
3405
3406 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
3407 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
3408 are still understood to provide compatibility.
3409
3410 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
3411 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
3412 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
3413 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
3414 interfaces up or down.
3415
3416 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
3417 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
3418 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
3419 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
3420 interface may be specified (after "%").
3421
3422 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
3423 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
3424 public DNS servers are not used.
3425
3426 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
3427
3428 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
3429 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
3430 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
3431 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
3432 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
3433 defined by systemd-resolved).
3434
3435 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
3436 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
3437 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
3438
3439 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
3440 --property=…".
3441
3442 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
3443 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
3444 use --plain.
3445
3446 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
3447 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
3448 being deprecated in favor of this option.
3449
3450 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
3451 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
3452 process itself.
3453
3454 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
3455 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
3456 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
3457 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
3458 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
3459 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
3460 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
3461 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
3462 implementations.
3463
3464 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
3465 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
3466 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
3467 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
3468 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
3469 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
3470 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
3471 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
3472 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
3473
3474 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
3475 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
3476 initialization.
3477
3478 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
3479 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
3480 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
3481
3482 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
3483 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
3484 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
3485 without any decoration.
3486
3487 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
3488 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
3489 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
3490 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
3491 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
3492 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
3493
3494 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
3495 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
3496 coredump data from.
3497
3498 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
3499 the zstd algorithm.
3500
3501 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
3502 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
3503 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
3504 not block clean file system unmounting.
3505
3506 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
3507 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
3508 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
3509
3510 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
3511 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
3512 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
3513 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
3514
3515 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
3516 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
3517
3518 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
3519 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
3520 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
3521 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
3522 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
3523 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
3524 instead of operating on actual block devices.
3525
3526 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
3527 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
3528
3529 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
3530 instead of 0.
3531
3532 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
3533 specifier expansion.
3534
3535 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
3536 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3537 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3538 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3539 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3540
3541 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3542 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3543 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3544 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3545 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3546
3547 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3548 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3549 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3550 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3551 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3552 --fido2-device= option.
3553
3554 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3555 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3556 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3557 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3558 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3559 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3560 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3561
3562 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3563 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3564 changed from ext2 to ext4.
3565
3566 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3567 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3568 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3569 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3570 before the system continues to boot.
3571
3572 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3573 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3574 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3575 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3576 instead of at installation time.
3577
3578 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3579 volumes with automatically from files in
3580 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3581 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3582
3583 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3584 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3585
3586 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3587 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3588 instance.
3589
3590 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3591 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3592 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3593 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3594
3595 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3596 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3597
3598 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3599 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3600 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3601 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3602 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3603 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3604 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3605 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3606 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3607 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3608 incremental).
3609
3610 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3611 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3612 which it then operates.
3613
3614 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3615 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3616 directories for various resources.
3617
3618 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3619 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3620 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3621 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3622 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3623 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3624 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3625 via the new --no-block switch.
3626
3627 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3628 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3629 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3630 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3631 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3632 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3633 case.
3634
3635 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3636 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3637 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3638 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3639
3640 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3641 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3642 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3643 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3644 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3645
3646 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3647 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3648 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3649 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3650 vtable is associated with.
3651
3652 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3653 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3654 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3655 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3656
3657 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3658 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3659 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3660
3661 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3662
3663 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3664 document the methods, signals and properties.
3665
3666 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3667 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3668 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3669 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3670 desktops has been added:
3671
3672 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3673 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3674 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3675
3676 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3677 and has now moved to:
3678
3679 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3680
3681 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3682 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3683 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3684 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3685 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3686 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3687 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3688
3689 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3690 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3691 target of the service during runtime.
3692
3693 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3694 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3695 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3696
3697 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3698 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3699 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3700 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3701 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3702 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3703 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3704 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3705 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3706 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3707 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3708 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3709 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3710 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3711 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3712 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3713 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3714 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3715 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3716 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3717 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3718 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3719 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3720 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3721 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3722 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3723 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3724 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3725 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3726 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3727 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3728 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3729 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3730 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3731 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3732 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3733 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3734 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3735
3736 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3737
3738 CHANGES WITH 245:
3739
3740 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3741 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3742 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3743 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3744 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3745 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3746 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3747 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3748 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3749 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3750 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3751 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3752 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3753 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3754 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3755 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3756 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3757 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3758 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
3759 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
3760 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
3761
3762 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
3763 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
3764 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
3765 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
3766 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
3767 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
3768 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
3769 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
3770 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
3771 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
3772 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
3773 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
3774 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
3775 that for the first time resource management and various other
3776 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
3777 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
3778 to apply on login. For further details see:
3779
3780 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
3781 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
3782 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
3783
3784 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
3785 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
3786 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
3787 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
3788 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
3789 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
3790 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
3791 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
3792 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
3793
3794 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
3795
3796 For further details about the format and expectations on home
3797 directories this new daemon makes, see:
3798
3799 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
3800
3801 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
3802 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
3803 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
3804 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
3805 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
3806 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
3807 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
3808 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
3809 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
3810 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
3811 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
3812 usage limitations and other settings.
3813
3814 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
3815 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
3816 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
3817 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
3818 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
3819 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
3820 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
3821 resource usage.
3822
3823 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
3824 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
3825
3826 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
3827 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
3828 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
3829 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
3830 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
3831
3832 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
3833 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
3834 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
3835 itself and the default for all other processes.
3836
3837 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
3838 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
3839 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
3840 database into account.
3841
3842 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
3843 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
3844 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
3845 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
3846
3847 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
3848 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
3849 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
3850 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
3851 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
3852 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
3853 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
3854 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
3855 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
3856 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
3857
3858 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
3859 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
3860 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
3861 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
3862 event source watching it is freed).
3863
3864 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
3865 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
3866 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
3867 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
3868
3869 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
3870 (IFB) network devices.
3871
3872 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
3873 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
3874
3875 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
3876 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
3877 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
3878 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
3879 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
3880 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
3881
3882 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
3883 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
3884 with its sense inverted.
3885
3886 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
3887 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
3888 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
3889
3890 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
3891 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
3892 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
3893
3894 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
3895 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
3896 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
3897 to be used.
3898
3899 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
3900 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
3901 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
3902 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
3903 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
3904 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
3905 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
3906
3907 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
3908 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
3909 debugging purposes.
3910
3911 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
3912 group named differently than the user.
3913
3914 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
3915 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
3916 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
3917
3918 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
3919 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
3920 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
3921 /etc/fstab.
3922
3923 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
3924 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
3925 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
3926 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
3927
3928 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
3929 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
3930 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
3931 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
3932
3933 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
3934 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
3935 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
3936 Bernard.
3937
3938 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
3939 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
3940 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
3941 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
3942 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
3943 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
3944 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
3945 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
3946 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
3947 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
3948 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
3949
3950 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
3951 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
3952 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
3953 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
3954 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
3955 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
3956 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
3957 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
3958 command line option.
3959
3960 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
3961 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
3962
3963 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
3964 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
3965 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
3966 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
3967 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
3968 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
3969 systemd-timedated.
3970
3971 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
3972 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
3973 GPT partition table types.
3974
3975 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
3976 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
3977 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
3978
3979 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
3980
3981 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
3982 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
3983 for the respective units.
3984
3985 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
3986 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
3987 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
3988
3989 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
3990 "status" output.
3991
3992 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
3993 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
3994 disappear.
3995
3996 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
3997 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
3998 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
3999 address is used.
4000
4001 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4002 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4003 dropped from the individual setting names.
4004
4005 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4006 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4007 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4008 such files in version 243.
4009
4010 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4011 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4012 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4013
4014 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4015 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4016 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4017
4018 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4019 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4020 with stopping and disablement.
4021
4022 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4023 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4024 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4025 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4026 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4027 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4028 some internal systemd services (most notably
4029 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4030 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4031 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4032 this systemd release. See
4033 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4034 additional discussion.
4035
4036 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4037 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4038 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4039 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4040 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4041 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4042 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4043 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4044 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4045 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4046 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4047 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4048 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4049 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4050 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4051 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4052 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4053 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4054 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4055 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4056 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4057 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4058 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4059 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4060 DONG
4061
4062 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4063
4064 CHANGES WITH 244:
4065
4066 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4067 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4068 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4069 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4070
4071 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4072 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4073 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4074 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4075
4076 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4077 units.
4078
4079 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4080 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4081 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4082 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4083 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4084 set the EFI variable.
4085
4086 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4087 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4088 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4089 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4090 and overrides the systemd setting.
4091
4092 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4093 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4094 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4095 effect.)
4096
4097 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4098 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4099 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4100
4101 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4102 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4103
4104 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4105 the unit being shown.
4106
4107 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4108 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4109 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4110 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4111 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4112
4113 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4114 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4115 which need to use them.
4116
4117 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4118 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4119 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4120 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4121 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4122 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4123 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4124 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4125 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4126 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4127
4128 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4129 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4130 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4131 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4132 security tokens that were used previously.
4133
4134 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4135 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4136 improve power saving with many more devices.
4137
4138 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4139 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4140 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4141
4142 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4143 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4144 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4145 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4146 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4147
4148 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4149 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4150 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4151 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4152 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4153
4154 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4155 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4156
4157 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4158 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4159
4160 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4161 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4162 now supported.
4163
4164 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4165 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4166
4167 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4168 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4169 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4170
4171 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4172 received from the server.
4173
4174 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4175 set.
4176
4177 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4178 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4179
4180 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4181 using a new SendOption= setting.
4182
4183 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4184 service type" value used by the client.
4185
4186 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4187 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4188
4189 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4190 a new SendOption= setting.
4191
4192 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4193 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4194
4195 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4196 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4197
4198 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4199 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4200 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4201
4202 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4203 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4204 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4205 BSSID for wireless links.
4206
4207 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4208 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4209
4210 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4211 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4212
4213 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4214 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4215 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4216 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4217 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4218 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4219
4220 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4221
4222 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4223 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4224 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4225 on its own).
4226
4227 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4228 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4229 of the present time.
4230
4231 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4232 reproducible image builds easier).
4233
4234 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4235 Specification.
4236
4237 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4238 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4239 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4240 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4241
4242 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4243 is being used.
4244
4245 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4246
4247 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4248 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4249 path as the system manager.
4250
4251 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4252 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4253 representation").
4254
4255 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4256 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4257 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4258 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4259 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4260 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4261 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4262 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4263
4264 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4265 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4266 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4267 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4268 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4269 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4270 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4271 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4272 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4273 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4274 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4275 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4276 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4277 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4278 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4279 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4280 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4281 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4282 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4283 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4284 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4285 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4286 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4287
4288 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4289
4290 CHANGES WITH 243:
4291
4292 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4293 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4294 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4295 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4296 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4297 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4298 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4299 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4300
4301 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
4302 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
4303 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
4304 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
4305 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
4306 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
4307 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
4308 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
4309 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
4310 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
4311 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
4312 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
4313 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
4314 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
4315 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
4316 documentation.
4317
4318 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
4319 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
4320 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
4321 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
4322 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
4323 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
4324 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
4325 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
4326 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
4327 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
4328 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
4329 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
4330 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
4331 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
4332 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
4333 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
4334
4335 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
4336 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
4337 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
4338 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
4339
4340 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
4341 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
4342
4343 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
4344 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
4345 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
4346 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
4347 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
4348 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
4349 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
4350 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
4351 caught up with the kernel API changes.
4352
4353 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
4354 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
4355 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
4356 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
4357 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
4358 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
4359 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
4360 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
4361 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
4362 packagers.
4363
4364 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
4365 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
4366
4367 build/man/man systemctl
4368 build/man/html systemd.index
4369
4370 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
4371 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
4372
4373 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
4374 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
4375 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
4376 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
4377 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
4378 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
4379
4380 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
4381 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
4382 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
4383 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
4384 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
4385 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
4386 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
4387 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
4388 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
4389 unambiguously distinguished.
4390
4391 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
4392 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
4393 very rarely used.
4394
4395 To replace this functionality, users should:
4396 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
4397 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
4398 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
4399 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
4400 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
4401
4402 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
4403 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
4404 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
4405 interfaces should really be matched.
4406
4407 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
4408 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
4409 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
4410 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
4411 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
4412 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
4413
4414 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
4415 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
4416 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
4417 stop the whole unit.
4418
4419 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
4420 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
4421 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
4422 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
4423 generated whenever a unit stops.
4424
4425 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
4426 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
4427 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
4428 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
4429
4430 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
4431 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
4432 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
4433 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
4434 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
4435
4436 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
4437 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
4438 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
4439 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
4440 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
4441 programs set up externally.
4442
4443 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
4444 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
4445 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
4446 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
4447
4448 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
4449 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
4450 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
4451 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
4452 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
4453 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
4454 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
4455
4456 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
4457 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
4458 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
4459 as before.
4460
4461 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
4462 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
4463 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
4464 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
4465 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
4466 links on terminals that support that.
4467
4468 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
4469 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
4470 unmounted safely during shutdown.
4471
4472 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
4473
4474 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
4475 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
4476 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
4477 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
4478 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
4479 The default remains unchanged.
4480
4481 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
4482 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
4483
4484 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
4485 udev property.
4486
4487 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
4488 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
4489 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
4490
4491 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
4492 interfaces natively.
4493
4494 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
4495 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
4496 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
4497 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
4498
4499 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
4500 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
4501 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
4502 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
4503 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
4504 RELEASE message when terminating.
4505
4506 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
4507 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
4508
4509 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
4510 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
4511 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
4512 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
4513 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
4514 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
4515 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
4516
4517 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
4518 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
4519 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
4520 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
4521 added to the GENEVE support.
4522
4523 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
4524 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
4525 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
4526 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
4527 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
4528
4529 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
4530 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
4531 onto the network device.
4532
4533 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
4534 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
4535 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
4536 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4537 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4538
4539 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4540 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4541 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4542
4543 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4544 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4545
4546 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4547 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4548
4549 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4550 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4551 statistics.
4552
4553 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4554 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4555 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4556
4557 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4558 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4559
4560 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4561 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4562 specific udev properties.
4563
4564 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4565 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4566 "lo" as underlying device.
4567
4568 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4569 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4570 IP addresses, too.
4571
4572 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4573 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4574 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4575 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4576
4577 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4578 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4579 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4580 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4581
4582 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4583 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4584 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4585
4586 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4587 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4588 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4589
4590 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4591
4592 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4593 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4594 does the same for recurring calendar events.
4595
4596 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4597 durations as opposed to points in time).
4598
4599 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4600 expressions.
4601
4602 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4603 codes to their names and back.
4604
4605 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4606 file paths and unit aliases.
4607
4608 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4609 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4610 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4611 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4612
4613 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4614 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4615 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4616 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4617 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4618 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4619 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4620 udev rules for that purpose.
4621
4622 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4623 a device to be initialized.
4624
4625 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4626 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4627 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4628
4629 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4630 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4631 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4632 with gcc's cleanup extension.
4633
4634 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4635 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4636 with printf().
4637
4638 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4639 XML introspection data unmodified.
4640
4641 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4642 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4643 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4644 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4645
4646 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4647 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4648 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4649 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4650 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4651 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4652 configured to handle the watchdog.
4653
4654 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4655 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4656 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4657
4658 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4659 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4660 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4661
4662 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4663 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4664 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4665 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4666 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4667
4668 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4669 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4670 review.
4671
4672 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4673 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4674
4675 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4676 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4677
4678 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4679 failures to apply them are now ignored.
4680
4681 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4682 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4683 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4684 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4685
4686 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4687 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4688 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4689 service.
4690
4691 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4692 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4693 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4694 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4695 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4696 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4697 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4698 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4699 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4700 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4701 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4702 a seed was received from the boot loader.
4703
4704 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4705
4706 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4707 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4708 above.
4709
4710 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4711 installed.
4712
4713 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4714 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4715 bootloader entry).
4716
4717 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4718 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4719
4720 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4721
4722 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4723 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4724 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4725 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4726 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4727
4728 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4729 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4730 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4731
4732 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4733 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4734
4735 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4736 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4737 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4738
4739 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4740 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4741 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4742 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4743 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4744 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4745 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4746 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4747 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4748 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4749 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4750 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4751 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4752 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4753 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4754 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4755 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4756 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4757 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4758 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
4759 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
4760 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
4761 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
4762 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
4763 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
4764 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
4765 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
4766 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
4767 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
4768 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
4769
4770 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
4771
4772 CHANGES WITH 242:
4773
4774 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
4775 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
4776 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
4777 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
4778 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
4779 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
4780 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
4781
4782 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
4783 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
4784
4785 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
4786 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
4787 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
4788 may be used to view this.
4789
4790 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
4791 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
4792 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
4793 ```
4794 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
4795 [Match]
4796 Type=bridge
4797
4798 [Link]
4799 MACAddressPolicy=none
4800 ```
4801
4802 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
4803 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
4804 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
4805 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
4806 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
4807 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
4808 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
4809
4810 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
4811 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
4812
4813 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
4814 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
4815
4816 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
4817 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
4818
4819 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
4820 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
4821 is a USB peripheral).
4822
4823 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
4824 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
4825 measured.
4826
4827 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
4828 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
4829 have privileges to do so).
4830
4831 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
4832 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
4833 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
4834
4835 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
4836 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
4837 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
4838 namespace.
4839
4840 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
4841 in which case environment variable substitution is
4842 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
4843
4844 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
4845 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
4846 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
4847 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
4848 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
4849
4850 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
4851 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
4852 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
4853 installed CPU cores.
4854
4855 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
4856 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
4857 kernel 4.15.
4858
4859 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
4860 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
4861 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
4862 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
4863 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
4864
4865 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
4866 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
4867 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
4868
4869 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
4870 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
4871 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
4872 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
4873 enslaved devices is not operational.
4874
4875 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
4876 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
4877
4878 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
4879 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
4880 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
4881 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
4882 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
4883 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
4884
4885 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
4886 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
4887
4888 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
4889
4890 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
4891 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
4892 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
4893
4894 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
4895 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
4896
4897 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
4898 configure CAN triple sampling.
4899
4900 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
4901 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
4902
4903 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
4904 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
4905 details.
4906
4907 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
4908 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
4909 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
4910 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
4911 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
4912 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
4913
4914 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
4915
4916 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
4917 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
4918 controlling project quota inheritance.
4919
4920 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
4921 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
4922 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
4923 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
4924 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
4925 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
4926 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
4927 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
4928 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
4929 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
4930 partition.
4931
4932 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
4933 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
4934 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
4935 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
4936 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
4937
4938 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
4939 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
4940
4941 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
4942 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
4943 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
4944 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
4945 be used in production yet.
4946
4947 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
4948 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
4949 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
4950 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
4951 input, output, and error are set up.
4952
4953 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
4954
4955 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
4956 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
4957 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
4958
4959 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
4960 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
4961 the specified expression will elapse next.
4962
4963 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
4964 introspection data.
4965
4966 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
4967 the reboot() system call expects.
4968
4969 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
4970 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
4971 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
4972
4973 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
4974 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
4975 ConditionVirtualization=).
4976
4977 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
4978 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
4979 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
4980 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
4981 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
4982 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
4983 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
4984 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
4985 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
4986 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
4987 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
4988 during reboot with their own operations.
4989
4990 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
4991 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
4992 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
4993 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
4994
4995 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
4996 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
4997 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
4998 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
4999 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5000
5001 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5002 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5003
5004 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5005 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5006 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5007 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5008 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5009 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5010 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5011 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5012 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5013
5014 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5015 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5016 prohibited.
5017
5018 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5019 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5020 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5021 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5022 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5023 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5024 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5025 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5026
5027 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5028 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5029 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5030 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5031 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5032 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5033 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5034 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5035 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5036 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5037 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5038 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5039 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5040 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5041 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5042 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5043 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5044 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5045
5046 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5047
5048 CHANGES WITH 241:
5049
5050 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5051 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5052 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5053
5054 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5055 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5056 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5057 include the package release information.
5058
5059 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5060 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5061 option.
5062
5063 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5064 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5065 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5066
5067 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5068 again.
5069
5070 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5071 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5072 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5073 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5074 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5075 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5076 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5077 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5078 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5079 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5080 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5081 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5082 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5083
5084 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5085 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5086
5087 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5088 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5089
5090 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5091 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5092 used for side-channel attacks.
5093
5094 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5095 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5096 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5097
5098 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5099 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5100 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5101 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5102 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5103 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5104
5105 fs.protected_regular = 0
5106 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5107
5108 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5109 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5110
5111 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5112 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5113 POSIX shells.
5114
5115 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5116 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5117
5118 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5119 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5120 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5121 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5122 points but otherwise empty.
5123
5124 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5125 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5126 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5127
5128 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5129 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5130
5131 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5132 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5133
5134 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5135 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5136 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5137 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5138 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5139 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5140 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5141 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5142 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5143 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5144 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5145 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5146 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5147 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5148 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5149 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5150 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5151
5152 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5153
5154 CHANGES WITH 240:
5155
5156 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5157 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5158 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5159 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5160 an SELinux policy update is required.
5161 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5162
5163 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5164 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5165 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5166 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5167 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5168 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5169 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5170 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5171 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5172 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5173
5174 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5175 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5176 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5177 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5178 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5179 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5180 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5181 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5182 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5183 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5184 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5185 the search path.
5186
5187 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5188 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5189 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5190 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5191 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5192 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5193 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5194 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5195 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5196 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5197 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5198 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5199 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5200 start job.
5201
5202 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5203 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5204 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5205 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5206 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5207 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5208 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5209 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5210 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5211 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5212
5213 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5214 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5215 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5216 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5217 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5218 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5219 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5220 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5221 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5222 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5223 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5224 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5225 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5226 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5227 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5228 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5229 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5230 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5231 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5232 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5233 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5234 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5235 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5236 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5237 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5238 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5239 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5240 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5241 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5242 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5243 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5244 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5245 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5246 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5247 Java.)
5248
5249 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5250 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5251 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5252 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5253 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5254 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5255 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5256 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5257 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5258 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5259
5260 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5261 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5262 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5263 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5264 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5265 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5266
5267 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5268 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5269 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5270 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5271 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5272
5273 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5274 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
5275
5276 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5277 reverted.
5278
5279 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5280 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5281 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5282
5283 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5284 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5285
5286 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5287 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5288 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5289
5290 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5291 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5292 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5293 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5294 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5295 latency.
5296
5297 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5298 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5299
5300 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
5301 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
5302 instance part of a unit name.
5303
5304 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
5305 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
5306 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
5307 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
5308 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
5309 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
5310 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
5311 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
5312 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
5313
5314 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
5315 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
5316 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
5317 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
5318
5319 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
5320 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
5321 to a file, and appending to it.
5322
5323 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
5324 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
5325 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
5326 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
5327 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
5328 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
5329
5330 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
5331 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
5332 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
5333 having to touch C code.
5334
5335 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
5336 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
5337
5338 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
5339 DNS-over-TLS.
5340
5341 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
5342 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
5343 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
5344
5345 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
5346 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
5347 until the system finished start-up.
5348
5349 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
5350
5351 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
5352 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
5353 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
5354 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
5355 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
5356 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
5357 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
5358
5359 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
5360 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
5361 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
5362 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
5363 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
5364 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
5365 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
5366 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
5367 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
5368 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
5369 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
5370 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
5371
5372 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
5373 instantiate services.
5374
5375 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
5376 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
5377
5378 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
5379 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
5380 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
5381
5382 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
5383 it is neither used nor maintained.
5384
5385 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5386 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
5387 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
5388 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
5389 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
5390 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
5391 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
5392 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
5393 separated by colons.
5394
5395 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
5396 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
5397
5398 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
5399 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
5400
5401 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
5402 "ethtool advertise" commands.
5403
5404 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
5405 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
5406 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
5407 directly.
5408
5409 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
5410 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
5411 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
5412 ID.
5413
5414 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
5415 and generate various 128bit IDs.
5416
5417 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
5418 and LOGO=.
5419
5420 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
5421 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
5422 from any hibernated image.
5423
5424 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
5425 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
5426 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
5427 kernel exports them.
5428
5429 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
5430 /usr/bin/.
5431
5432 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
5433 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
5434 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
5435 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
5436 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
5437 now documented here:
5438
5439 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
5440
5441 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
5442 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
5443 installs during early boot.
5444
5445 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
5446 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
5447
5448 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
5449 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
5450
5451 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
5452 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
5453 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
5454
5455 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
5456 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
5457 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
5458 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
5459 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
5460 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
5461 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
5462 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
5463 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
5464 is on AC power.
5465
5466 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
5467 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
5468 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
5469 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
5470 see:
5471
5472 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
5473
5474 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
5475 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
5476 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
5477 and container environments.
5478
5479 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
5480 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
5481 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
5482 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
5483
5484 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
5485 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
5486 journald per-service.
5487
5488 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
5489 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
5490
5491 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
5492 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
5493 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
5494 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
5495
5496 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
5497 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
5498 groups.
5499
5500 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
5501 --ephemeral command line switch.
5502
5503 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
5504 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
5505 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
5506 object itself.
5507
5508 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
5509 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
5510 not unloaded).
5511
5512 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
5513 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
5514 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
5515
5516 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
5517 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
5518 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
5519 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
5520 "dead" state on success.
5521
5522 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
5523 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
5524 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
5525 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
5526 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
5527 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
5528 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
5529 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
5530 well-defined system service context.
5531
5532 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
5533 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
5534 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
5535 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
5536
5537 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5538 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5539 continue to be used.
5540
5541 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5542 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5543 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5544 for example:
5545
5546 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5547
5548 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5549 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5550 the command line's exit code.
5551
5552 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5553
5554 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5555
5556 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5557 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5558 support to systemctl and all other commands.
5559
5560 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5561 name as argument.
5562
5563 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5564 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5565 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5566 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5567 is improved.
5568
5569 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5570 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5571 initialize one to all 0xFF.
5572
5573 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5574 all files and directories listed in
5575 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5576 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5577 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5578 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5579 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5580 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5581 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5582 the transition to the host OS.
5583
5584 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5585 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5586 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5587 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5588 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5589 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5590 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5591 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5592 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5593 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5594 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5595 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5596 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5597 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5598 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5599 these are opened they don't work.
5600
5601 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5602 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5603 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5604 logic works again.
5605
5606 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5607 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5608 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5609 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5610 ignore it.
5611
5612 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5613 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5614 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5615 commands.
5616
5617 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5618 pam_systemd anymore.
5619
5620 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5621 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5622 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5623 policy took effect.
5624
5625 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5626 python-3.5.
5627
5628 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5629 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5630 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5631 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5632 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5633 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5634 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5635 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5636 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5637 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5638 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5639 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5640 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5641 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5642 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5643 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5644 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5645 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5646 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5647 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5648 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5649 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5650 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5651 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5652 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5653 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5654 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5655 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5656 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5657 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5658 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5659 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5660 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5661 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5662 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5663 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5664 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5665 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5666 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5667 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5668 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5669 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5670 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5671 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5672 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5673
5674 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5675
5676 CHANGES WITH 239:
5677
5678 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5679 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5680 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5681 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5682 a slot number associated.
5683
5684 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5685 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5686 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5687 independent.
5688
5689 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5690 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5691 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5692
5693 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5694 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5695 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5696 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5697
5698 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5699 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5700 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5701 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5702 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5703 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5704 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5705 e.g. NIS.
5706
5707 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5708 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5709 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5710 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5711 may be necessary to update the file.
5712
5713 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5714 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5715 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5716 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5717 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5718 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5719 documentation.
5720
5721 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5722 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5723 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5724 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5725 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5726 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5727 them.
5728
5729 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5730 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5731 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5732 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5733 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5734
5735 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5736 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5737 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5738 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5739 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5740 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5741 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5742 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5743
5744 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5745 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5746 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5747 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5748 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5749
5750 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5751 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5752 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5753 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5754 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5755
5756 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5757 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5758 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
5759
5760 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
5761 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
5762 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
5763 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
5764 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
5765 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
5766 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
5767 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
5768 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
5769 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
5770 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
5771 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
5772 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
5773 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
5774 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
5775 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
5776 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
5777 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
5778 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
5779 from.
5780
5781 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
5782 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
5783 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5784 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
5785
5786 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
5787 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5788 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
5789 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
5790
5791 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
5792 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
5793 hibernates again.
5794
5795 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
5796 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
5797
5798 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
5799 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
5800 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
5801
5802 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
5803 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
5804 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
5805 was not configurable and set to 512.
5806
5807 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
5808 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
5809 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
5810 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
5811 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
5812 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
5813 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
5814 in particular su and sudo.
5815
5816 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
5817 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
5818 synchronization has been received from the network. This
5819 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
5820 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
5821 services.
5822
5823 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
5824 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
5825 files should work for hibernation now.
5826
5827 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
5828 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
5829 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
5830 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
5831 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
5832 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
5833 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
5834 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5835 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
5836 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
5837 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5838 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
5839 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
5840 name following the last dash.
5841
5842 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
5843 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5844 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
5845 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
5846 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
5847
5848 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
5849 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
5850 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5851 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
5852 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
5853 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
5854
5855 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
5856 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
5857 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
5858 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
5859
5860 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
5861 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
5862 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5863 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
5864 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
5865
5866 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
5867 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
5868 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
5869 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
5870 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
5871 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
5872 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
5873 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
5874 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5875 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
5876 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
5877 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
5878 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
5879
5880 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
5881 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
5882 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
5883 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
5884 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
5885 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
5886 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
5887 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
5888 settings.
5889
5890 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
5891 expiration feature, if it is available.
5892
5893 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
5894 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
5895 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
5896
5897 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
5898 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
5899
5900 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
5901
5902 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
5903 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
5904
5905 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
5906 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
5907 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
5908 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
5909 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
5910 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5911 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
5912 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
5913 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
5914 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
5915 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
5916
5917 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
5918 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
5919 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
5920 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
5921
5922 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
5923 about its state.
5924
5925 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
5926 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
5927 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
5928 "timedatectl set-ntp".
5929
5930 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
5931 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5932 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
5933 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
5934 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
5935 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
5936 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
5937 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
5938 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5939 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
5940 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
5941
5942 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
5943 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
5944
5945 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
5946 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5947 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
5948 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
5949 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
5950 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
5951
5952 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
5953 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
5954 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
5955 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
5956 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
5957 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
5958 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
5959
5960 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
5961 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
5962 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
5963 shown.)
5964
5965 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
5966 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
5967 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
5968 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
5969 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
5970 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
5971 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
5972 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
5973 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
5974
5975 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
5976 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
5977 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
5978
5979 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
5980 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
5981 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
5982 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
5983 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
5984 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
5985 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
5986 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
5987
5988 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
5989
5990 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5991 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
5992 automatically when the system clock changed.)
5993
5994 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
5995 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
5996
5997 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
5998 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
5999 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6000
6001 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6002
6003 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6004
6005 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6006 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6007
6008 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6009 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6010 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6011 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6012 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6013 external user databases.
6014
6015 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6016 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6017 refused due to the enforced limits.
6018
6019 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6020 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6021 manages.
6022
6023 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6024 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6025 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6026 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6027 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6028 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6029 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6030 where this is now used by default.
6031
6032 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6033 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6034
6035 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6036 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6037 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6038 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6039 update process in a generic way.
6040
6041 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6042
6043 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6044 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6045 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6046 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6047 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6048 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6049 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6050 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6051 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6052 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6053 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6054 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6055 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6056 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6057 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6058 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6059 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6060 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6061 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6062 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6063 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6064 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6065 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6066 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6067 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6068 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6069 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6070 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6071 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6072
6073 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6074
6075 CHANGES WITH 238:
6076
6077 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6078 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6079 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6080 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6081 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6082 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6083 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6084 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6085 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6086 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6087 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6088 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6089 to revert this change.
6090
6091 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6092 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6093 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6094 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6095 once at the end of the transaction.
6096
6097 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6098 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6099 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6100 scripts.
6101
6102 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6103 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6104 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6105 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6106 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6107 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6108 still allowing local admin overrides.
6109
6110 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6111 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6112 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6113
6114 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6115 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6116 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6117 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6118 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6119
6120 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6121 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6122 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6123 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6124 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6125 from package installation scripts.
6126
6127 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6128 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6129 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6130
6131 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6132 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6133
6134 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6135 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6136 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6137
6138 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6139 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6140 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6141 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6142
6143 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6144 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6145 which are triggered meanwhile).
6146
6147 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6148 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6149 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6150 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6151 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6152
6153 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6154 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6155 rotated very quickly.
6156
6157 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6158 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6159 pending bus messages.
6160
6161 * systemd gained a new
6162 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6163 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6164 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6165 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6166 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6167 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6168 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6169 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6170 session scope.
6171
6172 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6173 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6174 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6175 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6176 the tree to be accessed.
6177
6178 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6179 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6180 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6181
6182 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6183 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6184 to keys in the main keyring.
6185
6186 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6187
6188 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6189 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6190
6191 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6192
6193 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6194 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6195 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6196 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6197 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6198 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6199 explicitly.
6200
6201 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6202 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6203
6204 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6205 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6206 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6207 be restarted.
6208
6209 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6210 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6211
6212 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6213 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6214 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6215 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6216 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6217 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6218 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6219 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6220 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6221 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6222 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6223 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6224 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6225 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6226 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6227 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6228
6229 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6230
6231 CHANGES WITH 237:
6232
6233 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6234 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6235 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6236 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6237
6238 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6239 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6240 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6241 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6242 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6243 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6244 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6245 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6246 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6247 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6248
6249 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6250 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6251 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6252 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6253 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6254 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6255 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6256 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6257 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6258 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6259
6260 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6261 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6262 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6263 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6264 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6265 now provides explicit control.
6266
6267 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6268 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6269 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6270 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6271 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6272 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6273 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6274
6275 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6276 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6277 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6278
6279 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6280 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6281
6282 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6283 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6284 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6285 versions.
6286
6287 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6288 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6289 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6290 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6291 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6292 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6293 understands RapidCommit=.
6294
6295 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6296 Delegation.
6297
6298 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6299 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6300 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
6301 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
6302 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
6303 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
6304 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
6305 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
6306 --watch-bind= command line switch.
6307
6308 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
6309 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
6310 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
6311 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
6312 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
6313 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
6314 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
6315 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
6316 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
6317 "Disconnected" signals).
6318
6319 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
6320 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
6321 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
6322 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
6323 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
6324 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
6325 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
6326 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
6327 round-trips are removed.
6328
6329 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
6330 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
6331 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
6332 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
6333
6334 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
6335 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
6336 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
6337 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
6338 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
6339 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
6340
6341 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
6342 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
6343 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
6344 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6345 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
6346 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
6347 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
6348 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
6349 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
6350 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
6351
6352 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6353 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
6354 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
6355 when the event source is destroyed.
6356
6357 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
6358 connections.
6359
6360 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
6361 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
6362 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
6363 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
6364 new transitional flag file has been added: if
6365 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
6366 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
6367
6368 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
6369 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
6370 manager.
6371
6372 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
6373 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
6374 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
6375 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
6376 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
6377
6378 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
6379 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
6380 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
6381 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
6382 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
6383 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
6384
6385 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
6386 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
6387 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
6388 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
6389 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
6390 level/target is given as an argument.
6391
6392 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
6393 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
6394 where UID and GID do not match.
6395
6396 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
6397 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
6398 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
6399 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
6400 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6401 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
6402 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
6403 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
6404 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
6405 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
6406 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
6407 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
6408 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6409 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
6410 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
6411 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
6412 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
6413 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
6414 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
6415 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
6416 Палаузов
6417
6418 — Brno, 2018-01-28
6419
6420 CHANGES WITH 236:
6421
6422 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6423 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
6424 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
6425 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
6426
6427 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
6428 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
6429 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
6430 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
6431 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
6432 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
6433 valid specifiers today.)
6434
6435 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
6436 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
6437 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
6438 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
6439 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
6440 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
6441
6442 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
6443 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
6444 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
6445 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
6446
6447 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
6448 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
6449 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
6450 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
6451 services are resolved properly.
6452
6453 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
6454 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
6455 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
6456 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
6457 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
6458 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
6459 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
6460 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
6461 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
6462 and btrfs.
6463
6464 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
6465 DNS server and domain information.
6466
6467 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
6468 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
6469 runtime.
6470
6471 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
6472 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
6473 empty for the first time.
6474
6475 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
6476 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
6477 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
6478 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
6479 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
6480 running in the user session.
6481
6482 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
6483 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
6484 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
6485 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
6486 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
6487 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
6488 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
6489 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
6490 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
6491 user instance).
6492
6493 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
6494 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
6495
6496 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
6497 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
6498 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
6499 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
6500
6501 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
6502 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
6503
6504 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
6505 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
6506 sleep verbs.
6507
6508 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
6509
6510 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
6511 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
6512
6513 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
6514
6515 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
6516 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
6517 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
6518
6519 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
6520 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
6521 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
6522 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
6523 instance.
6524
6525 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
6526 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
6527 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
6528
6529 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
6530 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
6531 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
6532
6533 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
6534
6535 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
6536 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6537 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6538 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6539 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6540 processes.
6541
6542 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6543 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6544 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6545 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6546
6547 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6548 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6549 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6550
6551 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6552 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6553 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6554 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6555 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6556
6557 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6558 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6559
6560 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6561 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6562 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6563 time the specified expression would elapse.
6564
6565 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6566 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6567 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6568 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6569 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6570 types, not just services.
6571
6572 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6573 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6574 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6575 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6576
6577 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6578 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6579 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6580 interface for this purpose.
6581
6582 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6583 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6584 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6585 anyway.
6586
6587 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6588 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6589 requirements of systemd.
6590
6591 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6592 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6593 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6594
6595 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6596 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6597 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6598 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6599
6600 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6601 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6602 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6603 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6604
6605 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6606 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6607
6608 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6609 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6610 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6611 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6612 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6613 managing software supports (such as pppd).
6614
6615 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6616 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6617 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6618
6619 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6620 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6621 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6622 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6623 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6624 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6625 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6626 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6627 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6628 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6629 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6630 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6631 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6632 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6633 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6634 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6635 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6636 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6637 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6638 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6639 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6640 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6641 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6642
6643 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6644
6645 CHANGES WITH 235:
6646
6647 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6648 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6649 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6650 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6651 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6652 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6653 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6654 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6655 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6656 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6657 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6658 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6659 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6660 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6661 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6662 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6663 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6664 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6665 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6666 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6667 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6668 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6669 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6670 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6671 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6672 IPAddressDeny= see below.
6673
6674 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6675 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6676 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6677 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6678 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6679 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6680 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6681 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6682
6683 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6684 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6685 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6686 used to change those values.
6687
6688 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6689 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6690 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6691 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6692 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6693 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6694
6695 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6696 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6697 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6698 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6699
6700 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6701 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6702 one top-level directory.
6703
6704 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6705 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6706 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6707 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6708 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6709 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6710 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6711 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6712 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6713 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6714 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6715 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6716 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6717 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6718 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6719
6720 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6721 Meson-only.
6722
6723 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6724 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6725 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6726 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6727 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6728 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6729 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6730 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6731 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6732 acceptable to us.
6733
6734 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6735 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6736 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6737 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6738 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6739 requested at build time.
6740
6741 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6742 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6743 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6744 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6745 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6746 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6747 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6748 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6749 Type= setting which permits configuring
6750 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6751
6752 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6753 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6754 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6755 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6756 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6757 local frames between bridge ports.
6758
6759 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
6760 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
6761 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
6762
6763 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
6764 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
6765
6766 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
6767 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
6768 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
6769 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
6770
6771 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
6772 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
6773 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
6774 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
6775 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
6776 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
6777 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
6778 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
6779
6780 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
6781 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
6782 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
6783 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
6784 command.)
6785
6786 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
6787 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
6788 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
6789
6790 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
6791 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
6792 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
6793 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
6794
6795 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
6796 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
6797 configured, except for the credentials applied by
6798 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
6799 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
6800 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
6801 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
6802 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
6803 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
6804 on systems where this is not supported.
6805
6806 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
6807 sockets.
6808
6809 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
6810 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
6811 during runtime.
6812
6813 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
6814 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
6815 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
6816
6817 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
6818 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
6819 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
6820
6821 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
6822 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
6823 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
6824 Following this logic, two new special targets
6825 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
6826 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
6827 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
6828
6829 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
6830 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
6831 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
6832 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
6833
6834 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
6835 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
6836 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
6837 --wait".
6838
6839 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
6840 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
6841 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
6842 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
6843 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
6844 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
6845 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
6846 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
6847 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
6848
6849 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
6850 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
6851 containing information about the consumed resources of this
6852 invocation.
6853
6854 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
6855 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
6856 processes.
6857
6858 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
6859 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
6860 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
6861 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
6862 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
6863 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
6864 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
6865 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
6866 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
6867 systems for all five operations.
6868
6869 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
6870 the system.
6871
6872 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
6873 than UTC or the local timezone.
6874
6875 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
6876 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
6877 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
6878 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
6879 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
6880 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
6881 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
6882 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
6883
6884 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
6885 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
6886 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
6887 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
6888 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
6889 again.
6890
6891 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
6892 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
6893 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
6894
6895 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
6896 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
6897 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
6898 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
6899 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
6900 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
6901 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6902 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
6903 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
6904 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
6905 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
6906 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
6907 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
6908 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
6909 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
6910 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
6911 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
6912 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
6913 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
6914 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6915
6916 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
6917
6918 CHANGES WITH 234:
6919
6920 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6921 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
6922 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
6923 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
6924 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
6925 summary:
6926
6927 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
6928
6929 becomes:
6930
6931 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
6932
6933 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
6934 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
6935 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
6936 .device units.
6937
6938 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
6939 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
6940 running a systemd user instance.
6941
6942 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
6943 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
6944 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
6945 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
6946 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
6947 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
6948
6949 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
6950
6951 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
6952 (domain search list).
6953
6954 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
6955 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
6956 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
6957 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
6958 implementation of RA.
6959
6960 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
6961 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
6962 ISO date values.
6963
6964 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
6965 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
6966 devices.
6967
6968 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
6969 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
6970 option.
6971
6972 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
6973 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
6974 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
6975 default yet.
6976
6977 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
6978 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
6979 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
6980 SHA256SUMS files.
6981
6982 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
6983 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
6984
6985 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
6986
6987 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
6988
6989 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
6990 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
6991
6992 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
6993 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
6994 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
6995 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
6996
6997 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
6998 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
6999 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7000 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7001 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7002 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7003 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7004 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7005 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7006 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7007
7008 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7009 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7010 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7011 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7012 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7013 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7014 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7015 after all the plugins exit.
7016
7017 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7018 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7019 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7020 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7021 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7022 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7023 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7024 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7025
7026 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7027 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7028 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7029 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7030 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7031 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7032 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7033 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7034 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7035 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7036 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7037 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7038 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7039 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7040 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7041 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7042 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7043 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7044 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7045 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7046 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7047 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7048 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7049 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7050 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7051 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7052 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7053 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7054 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7055 Георгиевски
7056
7057 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7058
7059 CHANGES WITH 233:
7060
7061 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7062 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7063 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7064 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7065 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7066 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7067 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7068 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7069 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7070
7071 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7072 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7073 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7074 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7075 default selected on the configure command line
7076 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7077 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7078 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7079 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7080 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7081 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7082 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7083 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7084 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7085 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7086
7087 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7088 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7089 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7090 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7091 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7092 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7093 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7094 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7095 further details about this.)
7096
7097 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7098 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7099 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7100
7101 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7102 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7103
7104 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7105 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7106 with 'make install-tests'.
7107
7108 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7109 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7110 kernel.
7111
7112 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7113 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7114 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7115 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7116 by the Slice= option.
7117
7118 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7119 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7120 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7121 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7122
7123 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7124 following choices:
7125
7126 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7127 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7128 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7129 (h)elp
7130 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7131 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7132 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7133 (y)es, execute the command
7134
7135 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7136 because its meaning was confusing.
7137
7138 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7139 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7140
7141 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7142 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7143 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7144
7145 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7146 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7147 state directly, without executing these commands.
7148
7149 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7150 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7151 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7152
7153 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7154 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7155 combination with After=) have been started.
7156
7157 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7158 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7159 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7160
7161 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7162 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7163 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7164 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7165 configuration related calls.
7166
7167 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7168 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7169 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7170 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7171 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7172 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7173 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7174
7175 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7176 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7177
7178 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7179 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7180 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7181
7182 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7183 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7184
7185 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7186 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7187 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7188 for compatibility.
7189
7190 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7191 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7192
7193 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7194 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7195
7196 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7197 support for negative matching.
7198
7199 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7200
7201 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7202 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7203
7204 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7205 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7206 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7207 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7208 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7209 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7210 removed from the drive.
7211
7212 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7213 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7214
7215 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7216 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7217
7218 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7219 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7220 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7221
7222 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7223 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7224 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7225 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7226 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7227 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7228 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7229
7230 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7231 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7232 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7233 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7234 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7235 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7236
7237 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7238 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7239
7240 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7241 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7242 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7243 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7244 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7245 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7246 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7247 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7248
7249 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7250 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7251 including all control processes.
7252
7253 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7254 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7255 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7256
7257 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7258 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7259 prefixing the source path with "+".
7260
7261 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7262 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7263 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7264 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7265 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7266 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7267 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7268 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7269
7270 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7271 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7272 before).
7273
7274 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7275 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7276 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7277 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7278 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7279 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7280 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7281
7282 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7283 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7284 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7285 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7286 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7287 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7288 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7289 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7290 versions.
7291
7292 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7293 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7294 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7295 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7296 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7297 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7298 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7299 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7300 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
7301 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
7302 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
7303 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
7304 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
7305 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
7306 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
7307 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
7308 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
7309 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
7310 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
7311 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
7312 a Verity-enabled root partition.
7313
7314 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
7315 accelerometer quirks.
7316
7317 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
7318 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
7319 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
7320 ID of each service.
7321
7322 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
7323 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
7324 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
7325 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
7326 view.
7327
7328 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
7329 environment variables:
7330
7331 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
7332
7333 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
7334 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
7335 address.
7336
7337 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
7338 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
7339 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
7340
7341 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
7342 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
7343 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
7344 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
7345 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
7346 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
7347 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
7348 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
7349 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
7350 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
7351 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
7352 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
7353 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
7354
7355 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
7356 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
7357 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
7358
7359 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
7360 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
7361
7362 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
7363 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
7364 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
7365 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
7366 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
7367
7368 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
7369 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
7370 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
7371
7372 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
7373 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
7374
7375 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
7376 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
7377 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
7378 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
7379
7380 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
7381 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
7382 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
7383 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
7384 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
7385 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
7386 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
7387 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
7388 possibly even including full integrity data.
7389
7390 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
7391 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
7392 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
7393 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
7394 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
7395
7396 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
7397 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
7398 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
7399 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
7400 directly with systemd-nspawn.
7401
7402 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
7403 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
7404 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
7405 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
7406
7407 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
7408 of coredumps in reverse order.
7409
7410 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
7411 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
7412 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
7413 additional informational message in its output.
7414
7415 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
7416 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
7417 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
7418
7419 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
7420 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
7421 scripting languages such as Python.
7422
7423 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
7424 namespacing is enabled for them.
7425
7426 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
7427 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
7428 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
7429 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
7430 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
7431 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
7432
7433 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
7434 root key (KSK).
7435
7436 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
7437 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
7438 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
7439
7440 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
7441 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
7442 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
7443 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
7444 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
7445 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
7446 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
7447 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
7448 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
7449 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
7450 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
7451 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
7452 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
7453 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
7454 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
7455 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
7456 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
7457 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
7458 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
7459 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
7460 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
7461 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
7462 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
7463 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
7464 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
7465 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
7466 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
7467 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
7468 Тихонов
7469
7470 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
7471
7472 CHANGES WITH 232:
7473
7474 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
7475 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
7476 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
7477 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
7478 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
7479 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
7480
7481 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
7482 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7483
7484 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
7485 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
7486 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
7487
7488 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
7489 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
7490 to be remounted read-only for a service.
7491
7492 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
7493 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
7494 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
7495 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
7496
7497 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
7498 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
7499
7500 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
7501 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
7502 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
7503
7504 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
7505 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
7506 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
7507 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
7508 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
7509 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
7510 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
7511 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
7512 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
7513 permanent modifications to the system.
7514
7515 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
7516 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
7517 container or chroot environments.
7518
7519 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
7520 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
7521 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
7522 mapped to nobody.
7523
7524 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
7525 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
7526 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
7527 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
7528
7529 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
7530 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
7531
7532 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
7533 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
7534 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
7535 and the support is provisional.
7536
7537 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7538 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7539 unit files in the file system).
7540
7541 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7542 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7543 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7544 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7545 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7546 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7547 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7548 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7549 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7550 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7551 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7552 state is fixed automatically.
7553
7554 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7555 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7556 option.
7557
7558 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7559 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7560 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7561 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7562 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7563 else.
7564
7565 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7566 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7567 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7568 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7569 bootable on physical systems.
7570
7571 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7572
7573 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7574 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7575 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7576 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7577 used.
7578
7579 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7580 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7581 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7582 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7583
7584 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7585
7586 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7587 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7588 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7589 of the container).
7590
7591 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7592 files from the specified location.
7593
7594 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7595 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7596 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7597 be active.
7598
7599 * The hardware database has been extended to support
7600 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7601 trackball devices.
7602
7603 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7604 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7605 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7606
7607 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7608 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7609 specified service binary exited.)
7610
7611 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7612 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7613
7614 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7615 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7616 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7617 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7618 --since= and --until= options.
7619
7620 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7621 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7622 are automatically propagated to the container.
7623
7624 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7625 from a single IP address can be limited with
7626 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7627 MaxConnections=.
7628
7629 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7630 configuration.
7631
7632 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7633 drop-ins.
7634
7635 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7636 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7637 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7638 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7639 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7640 [Link] section of .link files.
7641
7642 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7643 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7644 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7645 section of .netdev files.
7646
7647 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7648 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7649 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7650
7651 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7652 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7653 .network files.
7654
7655 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7656 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7657 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7658 service runtime cycle.
7659
7660 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7661 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7662 has been traditionally doing.
7663
7664 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7665 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7666 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7667 prevent any later plugins from running.
7668
7669 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7670 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7671 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7672 default of SplitMode=uid.
7673
7674 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7675 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7676 useful.
7677
7678 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7679 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7680 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7681 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7682 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7683 individual namespaces.
7684
7685 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7686 the output, as well as OS release information.
7687
7688 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7689
7690 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7691 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7692 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7693 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7694 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7695
7696 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7697 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7698 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7699 severed.
7700
7701 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7702 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7703 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7704 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7705 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7706 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7707 information about exit statuses and results.
7708
7709 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7710 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7711 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7712 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7713 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7714 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7715
7716 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7717
7718 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7719 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7720 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7721 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7722 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7723 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7724 entirely.
7725
7726 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7727 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7728 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7729
7730 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7731 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7732 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7733 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7734 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7735 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7736 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7737 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7738 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7739 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7740 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7741 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7742 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7743 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7744 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7745 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7746 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7747
7748 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7749 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7750 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7751 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7752
7753 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7754 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7755 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7756 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7757
7758 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
7759 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
7760 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
7761 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
7762 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
7763 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
7764 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
7765 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
7766 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
7767 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
7768 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
7769 fragment entirely.)
7770
7771 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
7772 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
7773 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
7774
7775 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
7776 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
7777 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
7778 FileDescriptorName= setting.
7779
7780 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
7781 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
7782 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
7783 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
7784 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
7785 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
7786
7787 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
7788 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
7789
7790 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
7791 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
7792
7793 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
7794 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
7795 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
7796 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
7797 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
7798
7799 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
7800 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
7801 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
7802 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7803 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
7804 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
7805 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
7806 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
7807 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
7808 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
7809 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
7810 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
7811 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
7812 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
7813 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7814 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
7815 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
7816 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
7817 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
7818 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
7819 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
7820 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
7821 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
7822 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
7823 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7824 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7825
7826 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
7827
7828 CHANGES WITH 231:
7829
7830 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
7831 with an additional special character as first argument of the
7832 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
7833 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
7834 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
7835 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
7836 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
7837 independently.
7838
7839 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
7840 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
7841
7842 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
7843 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
7844 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
7845 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
7846 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
7847 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
7848 values.
7849
7850 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
7851 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
7852 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
7853 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
7854 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
7855
7856 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
7857 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
7858 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
7859 7:10am every day.
7860
7861 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
7862 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
7863 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
7864 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
7865 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
7866 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
7867 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
7868 available for compatibility.
7869
7870 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
7871 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
7872 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
7873 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
7874 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
7875 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
7876
7877 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
7878 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
7879 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
7880 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
7881 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
7882 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
7883 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
7884 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
7885 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
7886
7887 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
7888 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
7889 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
7890 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
7891 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
7892 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
7893 desired options.
7894
7895 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
7896 cgroup v2.
7897
7898 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
7899 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
7900 limited to subgroups of that group.
7901
7902 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
7903 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
7904 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
7905 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
7906 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
7907 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
7908 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
7909 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
7910
7911 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
7912 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
7913 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
7914 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
7915 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
7916 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
7917 own long-running services.
7918
7919 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
7920 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
7921 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
7922 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
7923
7924 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
7925 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
7926 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
7927 propagates this notification further to the service manager
7928 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
7929 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
7930 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
7931 primitives.
7932
7933 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
7934 "terminate".
7935
7936 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
7937 link-local IPv6 addresses.
7938
7939 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
7940 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
7941 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
7942 --flush-caches".
7943
7944 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
7945 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
7946 is shown.
7947
7948 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
7949 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
7950 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
7951 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
7952 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
7953 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
7954
7955 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
7956 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
7957 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
7958 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
7959 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
7960 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
7961 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
7962 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
7963 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
7964 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
7965 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
7966 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
7967 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
7968 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
7969 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
7970 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
7971 bus API instead.
7972
7973 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
7974 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
7975 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
7976 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
7977
7978 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
7979 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
7980 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
7981 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
7982
7983 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
7984 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
7985 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
7986
7987 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
7988 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
7989
7990 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
7991 interface configuration.
7992
7993 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
7994 specifying the --force switch.
7995
7996 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
7997 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
7998 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
7999
8000 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8001 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8002 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8003 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8004 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8005 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8006 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8007 to be handled.
8008
8009 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8010 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8011
8012 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8013 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8014
8015 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8016 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8017 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8018
8019 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8020 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8021
8022 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8023 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8024 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8025 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8026 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8027 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8028 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8029 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8030 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8031 library.
8032
8033 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8034 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8035 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8036 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8037 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8038 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8039 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8040 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8041 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8042 doc/HACKING for details.
8043
8044 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8045 distribution's bugtracker.
8046
8047 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8048 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8049 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8050 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8051 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8052 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8053 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8054 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8055 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8056 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8057 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8058 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8059 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8060 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8061 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8062 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8063 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8064 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8065 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8066
8067 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8068
8069 CHANGES WITH 230:
8070
8071 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8072 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8073 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8074 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8075 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8076 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8077 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8078 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8079 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8080 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8081 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8082 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8083 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8084 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8085 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8086 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8087 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8088 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8089 applications.)
8090
8091 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8092 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8093 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8094
8095 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8096 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8097 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8098 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8099 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8100 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8101 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8102
8103 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8104 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8105 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8106 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8107 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8108 command works for tmux.
8109
8110 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8111 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8112 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8113 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8114 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8115 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8116
8117 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8118 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8119
8120 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8121 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8122 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8123
8124 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8125
8126 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8127 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8128 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8129 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8130 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8131
8132 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8133 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8134 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8135 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8136
8137 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8138 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8139 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8140 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8141 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8142 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8143
8144 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8145 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8146 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8147
8148 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8149 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8150 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8151 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8152 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8153 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8154
8155 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8156 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8157 address.
8158
8159 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8160 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8161 should be emitted.
8162
8163 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8164 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8165 supported.
8166
8167 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8168 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8169 logging performance.
8170
8171 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8172 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8173 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8174 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8175 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8176 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8177
8178 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8179 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8180 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8181 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8182
8183 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8184 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8185
8186 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8187 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8188 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8189
8190 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8191
8192 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8193 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8194 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8195 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8196
8197 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8198 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8199 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8200 refuse to operate on such files.
8201
8202 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8203 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8204 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8205
8206 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8207 just hidden container images.
8208
8209 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8210 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8211
8212 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8213 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8214 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8215 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8216 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8217 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8218 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8219 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8220 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8221 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8222 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8223
8224 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8225 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8226 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8227 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8228 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8229 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8230 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8231 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8232 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8233 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8234 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8235 terminates.
8236
8237 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8238 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8239 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8240 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8241
8242 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8243 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8244 rate of the socket unit.
8245
8246 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8247 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8248 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8249 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8250 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8251
8252 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8253 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8254 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8255 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8256 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8257 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8258 with this.
8259
8260 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8261 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8262
8263 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8264 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8265
8266 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8267 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8268 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8269 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8270 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8271
8272 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8273 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8274 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8275
8276 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8277 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8278 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8279 target is now included in early userspace.
8280
8281 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8282 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8283 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8284 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8285 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8286 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8287 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8288 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8289 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8290 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8291 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8292 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8293 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8294 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8295 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8296 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8297 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8298 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8299 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8300 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8301 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
8302 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
8303 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
8304 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
8305 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8306 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8307
8308 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
8309
8310 CHANGES WITH 229:
8311
8312 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
8313 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
8314 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8315 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
8316 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
8317 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
8318 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
8319 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
8320 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
8321 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
8322 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
8323 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
8324 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
8325
8326 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
8327 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
8328 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
8329 /usr/bin.
8330
8331 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
8332 devices.
8333
8334 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
8335 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
8336 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
8337 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
8338 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
8339 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
8340 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
8341 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
8342 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
8343 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
8344 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
8345 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
8346 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
8347 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
8348 this limit.
8349
8350 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
8351 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
8352 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
8353 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
8354 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
8355 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
8356 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
8357 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
8358
8359 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
8360 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
8361 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
8362 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
8363 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
8364 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
8365 and group at package installation time.
8366
8367 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
8368 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
8369 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
8370 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
8371 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
8372
8373 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
8374 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
8375 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
8376 supports it.
8377
8378 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
8379 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
8380
8381 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
8382 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
8383 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
8384 file is already initialized.
8385
8386 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
8387 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
8388 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
8389 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
8390 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
8391 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
8392 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
8393 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
8394 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
8395
8396 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
8397 working directory for the process started in the container.
8398
8399 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
8400 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
8401 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
8402 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
8403 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
8404
8405 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8406 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
8407 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
8408
8409 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
8410 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
8411 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
8412 sd_journal_restart_fields().
8413
8414 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8415 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
8416 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
8417 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
8418 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
8419
8420 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8421 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
8422 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
8423 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
8424
8425 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
8426 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
8427 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
8428 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
8429 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
8430 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
8431 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
8432 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
8433 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
8434 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
8435 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
8436 by PID 1.
8437
8438 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
8439 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
8440 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
8441 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
8442 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
8443 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
8444 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
8445 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
8446
8447 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
8448
8449 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8450 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
8451 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
8452
8453 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
8454 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
8455 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
8456 recent kernels.
8457
8458 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
8459 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
8460
8461 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
8462 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
8463 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
8464 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
8465 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
8466 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
8467 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
8468 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
8469 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
8470 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8471 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
8472 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
8473 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
8474
8475 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8476 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
8477 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
8478 clusters or larger setups.
8479
8480 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
8481
8482 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
8483 sockets.
8484
8485 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
8486
8487 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
8488 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
8489 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
8490 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
8491 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
8492 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
8493
8494 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
8495 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
8496 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
8497
8498 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
8499 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
8500 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
8501 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
8502
8503 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
8504
8505 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
8506 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
8507 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
8508 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
8509 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
8510 maintain compatibility.
8511
8512 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
8513 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
8514 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
8515 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
8516 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
8517 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
8518 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
8519 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
8520 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
8521 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
8522 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
8523 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8524 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
8525 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
8526 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
8527 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
8528 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8529 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
8530 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8531
8532 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
8533
8534 CHANGES WITH 228:
8535
8536 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8537 files are now also available as properties to set when
8538 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8539 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8540 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8541 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8542 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8543 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8544 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8545
8546 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8547 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8548 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8549
8550 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8551 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8552 created transiently.
8553
8554 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8555 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8556 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8557 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8558 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8559 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8560 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8561 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8562
8563 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8564 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8565 disk and sync the files, before returning.
8566
8567 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8568 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8569 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8570 enabled.
8571
8572 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8573 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8574 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8575 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8576 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8577 subvolumes.
8578
8579 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8580 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8581
8582 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8583 individual indexes.
8584
8585 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8586 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8587 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8588 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8589 now.
8590
8591 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8592 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8593 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8594 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8595 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8596 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8597 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8598 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8599 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8600 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8601 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8602 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8603 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8604 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8605 number of processes or tasks each user may own
8606 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8607 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8608 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8609 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8610 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8611 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8612
8613 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8614 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8615 links between the host and the container.
8616
8617 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8618 added that allows importing select environment variables
8619 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8620 the service.
8621
8622 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8623 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8624 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8625 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8626 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8627 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8628 than until they first elapse.
8629
8630 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8631 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8632 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8633 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8634 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8635 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8636 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8637 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8638
8639 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8640 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8641 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8642 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8643 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8644 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8645 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8646 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8647 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8648 journal and in coredump handling.
8649
8650 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8651 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8652 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8653 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8654 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8655 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8656 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8657 software you package still references it, as this is a
8658 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8659 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8660
8661 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8662
8663 Note that only util-linux versions built with
8664 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8665
8666 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8667 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8668 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8669
8670 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8671 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8672 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8673 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8674 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8675 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8676 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8677 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8678 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8679 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8680 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8681 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8682 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8683 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8684 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8685 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8686
8687 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8688 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8689 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8690 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8691 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8692 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8693 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8694 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8695 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8696 surprises.
8697
8698 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8699 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8700 to the various user database fields of the user that the
8701 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8702 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8703 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8704 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8705 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8706 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8707 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8708 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8709 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8710 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8711 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8712 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8713 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8714 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8715 of PID 1 is the root user).
8716
8717 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8718 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8719 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8720 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8721 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8722 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8723 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8724 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8725 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8726 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8727 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8728 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8729 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8730 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8731 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8732
8733 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8734
8735 CHANGES WITH 227:
8736
8737 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8738 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8739 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8740
8741 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8742 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8743 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8744 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8745 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8746 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8747
8748 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
8749 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8750 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8751 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8752 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8753
8754 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8755 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8756 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8757 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8758 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
8759 packets on unestablished sockets.
8760
8761 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
8762 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
8763 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
8764 automatically.
8765
8766 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
8767 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
8768 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
8769
8770 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
8771 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
8772 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
8773 for disk IO.
8774
8775 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
8776 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
8777 removed.
8778
8779 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
8780 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
8781 directory is set to the home directory of the user
8782 configured in User=.
8783
8784 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
8785 directory of the selected user by default.
8786
8787 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
8788 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
8789 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
8790 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
8791 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
8792 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
8793 compat reasons.
8794
8795 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8796 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
8797 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
8798 units.
8799
8800 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
8801 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
8802 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
8803 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
8804 level.
8805
8806 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
8807 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
8808 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
8809 namespaces work correctly.
8810
8811 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
8812 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
8813 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
8814 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
8815 activation.
8816
8817 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
8818 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
8819 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
8820 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
8821 system instance in a container.
8822
8823 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
8824 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
8825 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
8826 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
8827 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
8828 connections.
8829
8830 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
8831 show the control groups within a certain container only.
8832
8833 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
8834 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
8835 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
8836 processes attached, or similar.
8837
8838 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
8839 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
8840 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
8841
8842 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
8843 specifiers like %i or %f.
8844
8845 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
8846 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
8847 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
8848 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
8849
8850 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
8851 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
8852 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
8853 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
8854 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
8855 descriptors using sd_notify().
8856
8857 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
8858
8859 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
8860 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
8861
8862 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
8863 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
8864
8865 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
8866 .network files.
8867
8868 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
8869 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
8870 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
8871 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
8872 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
8873 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
8874 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
8875 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
8876 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
8877 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
8878 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
8879 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
8880 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
8881 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
8882 gdm-autologin is used.
8883
8884 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
8885 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
8886 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
8887 next to the image file.
8888
8889 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
8890 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
8891 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
8892 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
8893
8894 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
8895 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
8896 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
8897 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
8898 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
8899 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
8900
8901 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
8902 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
8903 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
8904 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
8905 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
8906 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
8907 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
8908 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
8909 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
8910 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
8911 number of files in place.
8912
8913 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
8914 on kernels where that is supported.
8915
8916 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
8917
8918 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
8919 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
8920 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
8921 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8922 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
8923 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
8924 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
8925 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
8926 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
8927 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
8928 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8929 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8930 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
8931 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
8932 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
8933 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8934 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
8935 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
8936
8937 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
8938
8939 CHANGES WITH 226:
8940
8941 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
8942 new features:
8943
8944 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
8945 information. It may be enabled and configured via
8946 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
8947 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
8948 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
8949 is any) is propagated.
8950
8951 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
8952 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
8953 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
8954 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
8955 information is enabled between host and containers by
8956 default now: the container will change its local timezone
8957 to what the host has set.
8958
8959 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
8960 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
8961
8962 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
8963 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
8964 information back, even if the server loses state.
8965
8966 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
8967 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
8968 PoolSize=.
8969
8970 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
8971 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
8972 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
8973 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
8974
8975 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
8976 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
8977 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
8978 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
8979 'dbus-daemon' systems.
8980
8981 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
8982 for virtio devices.
8983
8984 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
8985 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
8986 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
8987 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
8988 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
8989 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
8990 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
8991 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
8992 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
8993 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
8994 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
8995 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
8996 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
8997 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
8998 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
8999 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9000 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9001 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9002 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9003 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9004 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9005 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9006 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9007 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9008 grants them.
9009
9010 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9011 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9012 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9013 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9014 group tree.
9015
9016 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9017 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9018 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9019 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9020 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9021 work correctly in containers now.
9022
9023 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9024 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9025
9026 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9027 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9028 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9029 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9030 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9031
9032 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9033 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9034 signal events.
9035
9036 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9037 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9038 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9039 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9040
9041 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9042 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9043 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9044 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9045 nspawn command line.
9046
9047 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9048 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9049 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9050 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9051 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9052 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9053 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9054 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9055
9056 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9057
9058 CHANGES WITH 225:
9059
9060 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9061 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9062 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9063 shell directly without prompting for username or
9064 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9065 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9066 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9067 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9068 the originating session.
9069
9070 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9071 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9072
9073 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9074 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9075 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9076 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9077 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9078 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9079 probably not stabilize on this release.
9080
9081 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9082 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9083 messages.
9084
9085 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9086 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9087 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9088
9089 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9090 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9091
9092 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9093 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9094 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9095 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9096 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9097 posteriori.
9098
9099 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9100 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9101
9102 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9103 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9104 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9105 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9106 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9107 "lastlog" tools.
9108
9109 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9110 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9111 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9112 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9113 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9114
9115 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9116 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9117 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9118 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9119 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9120 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9121 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9122 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9123 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9124 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9125 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9126 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9127
9128 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9129
9130 CHANGES WITH 224:
9131
9132 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9133 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9134
9135 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9136 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9137 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9138
9139 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9140 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9141 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9142
9143 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9144
9145 CHANGES WITH 223:
9146
9147 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9148 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9149 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9150 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9151
9152 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9153 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9154
9155 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9156 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9157
9158 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9159
9160 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9161 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9162 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9163
9164 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9165 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9166 decapsulated packet.
9167
9168 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9169 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9170 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9171 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9172 netlink attribute.
9173
9174 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9175 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9176 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9177 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9178
9179 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9180 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9181 according to RFC2460.
9182
9183 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9184 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9185
9186 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9187 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9188 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9189
9190 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9191 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9192 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9193 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9194 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9195 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9196
9197 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9198 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9199 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9200 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9201 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9202 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9203 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9204 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9205 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9206 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9207
9208 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9209
9210 CHANGES WITH 222:
9211
9212 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9213 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9214 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9215
9216 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9217 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9218
9219 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9220 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9221 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9222 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9223 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9224
9225 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9226 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9227 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9228
9229 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9230 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9231 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9232 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9233 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9234
9235 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9236
9237 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9238 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9239 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9240 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9241 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9242 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9243 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9244 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9245 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9246 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9247
9248 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9249
9250 CHANGES WITH 221:
9251
9252 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9253 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9254 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9255 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9256 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9257 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9258 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9259 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9260 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9261 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9262 portable to other kernels.
9263
9264 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9265 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9266 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9267 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9268 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9269 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9270 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9271 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9272 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9273 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9274 systemd enabled.
9275
9276 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9277 2.26.
9278
9279 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9280 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9281 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9282 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9283 in README for details.
9284
9285 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9286 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9287 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9288 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9289 unit.
9290
9291 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9292 into man pages.
9293
9294 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9295 external project.
9296
9297 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9298 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9299
9300 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
9301 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
9302 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
9303 state.
9304
9305 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
9306 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
9307 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
9308
9309 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
9310 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
9311 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
9312 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
9313 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
9314 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
9315 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
9316 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
9317 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
9318 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9319 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
9320 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
9321 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
9322 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9323 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
9324 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9325
9326 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
9327
9328 CHANGES WITH 220:
9329
9330 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
9331 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
9332 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
9333 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
9334 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
9335 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
9336 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
9337 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
9338
9339 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
9340 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
9341 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
9342 service consumed). This value is only available if
9343 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
9344 in the "systemctl status" output.
9345
9346 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
9347 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
9348 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
9349 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
9350 previously was already the default behaviour).
9351
9352 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
9353 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
9354 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
9355
9356 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
9357 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
9358 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
9359 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
9360
9361 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
9362 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
9363 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
9364 journaling file systems that support external journal
9365 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
9366 systems to be mounted.
9367
9368 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
9369 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
9370 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
9371 stable release this should not be problematic.
9372
9373 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
9374 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
9375 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
9376 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
9377 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
9378
9379 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
9380 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
9381 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
9382 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
9383 network switches.
9384
9385 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
9386 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
9387
9388 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
9389 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
9390 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
9391
9392 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
9393
9394 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
9395 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
9396 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
9397 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
9398 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
9399 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
9400 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
9401 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
9402 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
9403 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
9404 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
9405 been fixed in v220.
9406
9407 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
9408 systemd-networkd.
9409
9410 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
9411 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
9412 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
9413 containers started from the command line.
9414
9415 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
9416 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
9417
9418 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
9419 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
9420 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
9421 indirection via a pseudo tty.
9422
9423 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
9424 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
9425 when shutting down.
9426
9427 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
9428 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
9429 overlayfs support.
9430
9431 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
9432 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
9433 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
9434 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
9435 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
9436 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
9437 images are imported via systemd-importd.
9438
9439 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
9440 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
9441 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
9442
9443 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
9444 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
9445 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
9446 of v1 as before).
9447
9448 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
9449 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
9450
9451 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
9452 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
9453 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
9454 without further privileges or authorization.
9455
9456 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
9457 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
9458 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
9459 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
9460 accessible via a bus interface.
9461
9462 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
9463 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
9464 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
9465 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
9466 to cover this functionality.
9467
9468 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
9469 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
9470 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
9471 disabled/masked also stopped.
9472
9473 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
9474 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
9475 updated to support systemd-boot.
9476
9477 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
9478 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
9479 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
9480 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
9481 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
9482 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
9483 like this and can extract OS release information from them
9484 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
9485 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
9486
9487 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
9488 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
9489 system.
9490
9491 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
9492 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
9493 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
9494 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
9495
9496 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
9497 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
9498 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
9499 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
9500
9501 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
9502 stick devices has been added.
9503
9504 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
9505 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
9506
9507 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
9508 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
9509 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
9510 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
9511 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
9512
9513 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
9514 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
9515 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
9516
9517 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
9518 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
9519 Debian.
9520
9521 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
9522 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
9523 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
9524
9525 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
9526 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
9527 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
9528 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
9529 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
9530 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
9531 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
9532 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9533 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
9534 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
9535 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9536 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9537 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9538 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9539 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9540 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9541 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9542 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9543 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9544 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9545 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9546 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9547 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9548 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9549 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9550 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9551 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9552
9553 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9554
9555 CHANGES WITH 219:
9556
9557 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9558 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9559 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9560 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9561 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9562 interface with and update the database.
9563
9564 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9565 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9566 before bytewise copying is done.
9567
9568 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9569 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9570 directory, and immediately removed when the container
9571 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9572 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9573 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9574 for starting a container off the root file system of the
9575 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9576 available on btrfs file systems.
9577
9578 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9579 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9580 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9581 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9582 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9583 systems.
9584
9585 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9586 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9587 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9588 mount point remains.
9589
9590 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9591 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9592 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9593 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9594 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9595 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9596 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9597 are disabled.
9598
9599 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9600 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9601 container to the host or vice versa.
9602
9603 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9604 mount host directories into local containers. This is
9605 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9606
9607 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9608 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9609
9610 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9611 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9612 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9613 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9614 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9615 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9616 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9617 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9618 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9619 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9620 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9621 make the functionality of importd available to the
9622 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9623 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9624 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9625 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9626 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9627 only fully supported on btrfs.
9628
9629 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9630 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9631 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9632 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9633 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9634 information about images.
9635
9636 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9637 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9638 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9639 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9640 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9641 legacy file systems).
9642
9643 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9644 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9645 shown in networkctl output.
9646
9647 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9648 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9649 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9650 processes as system services while interactively
9651 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9652 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9653 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9654 full login session, the difference being that the former
9655 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9656 setup.
9657
9658 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9659 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9660 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9661 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9662 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9663
9664 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9665 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9666 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9667 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9668 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9669 via qemu/kvm.
9670
9671 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9672 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9673 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9674 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9675 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9676 disk images, too.
9677
9678 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9679 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9680 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9681 integrate with that.
9682
9683 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9684 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9685 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9686 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9687
9688 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9689 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9690 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9691
9692 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9693 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9694 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9695 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9696 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9697 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9698 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9699 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9700 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9701 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9702
9703 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9704 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9705 files.
9706
9707 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9708 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9709 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9710 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9711 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9712 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9713 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9714 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9715 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9716 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9717 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9718 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9719 explicitly turned on.
9720
9721 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9722 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9723 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9724 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9725
9726 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9727 supported.
9728
9729 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9730 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9731 user/session following the status output. Similar,
9732 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9733 associated with a virtual machine or container
9734 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9735 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9736 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9737 output however.)
9738
9739 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9740 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9741 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9742 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9743 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9744 caller's session/user.
9745
9746 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9747 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9748 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9749 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9750 user services.
9751
9752 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9753 same way as unit files.
9754
9755 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9756 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9757 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9758 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
9759 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
9760 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
9761 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
9762 the host.
9763
9764 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
9765 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
9766 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
9767 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
9768 the host as if their services were running directly on the
9769 host.
9770
9771 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
9772 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
9773 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
9774 updated to make use of it too by default.
9775
9776 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
9777 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
9778 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
9779 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
9780
9781 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
9782 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
9783 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
9784 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
9785 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
9786 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
9787 modification.
9788
9789 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
9790 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
9791 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
9792 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
9793 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
9794 information about Touchpad types.
9795
9796 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
9797 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
9798
9799 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
9800 Policy link field.
9801
9802 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
9803 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
9804
9805 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
9806 ACLs on files.
9807
9808 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
9809 tmpfs, automatically.
9810
9811 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
9812 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
9813 status" output, if available.
9814
9815 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
9816 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
9817 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
9818 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
9819 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
9820 run on next reboot.
9821
9822 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
9823 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
9824 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
9825 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
9826 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
9827 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
9828 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
9829
9830 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
9831 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
9832 after a configurable timeout.
9833
9834 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
9835 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
9836 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
9837 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
9838 it non-idle.
9839
9840 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
9841 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
9842
9843 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
9844 each .network interface in networkd.
9845
9846 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
9847 in .network files.
9848
9849 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
9850 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
9851
9852 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
9853 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
9854 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
9855 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
9856 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
9857 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
9858 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
9859 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
9860 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
9861 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
9862 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
9863 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9864 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
9865 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
9866 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
9867 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
9868 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
9869 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
9870 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
9871 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9872 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
9873 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
9874 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
9875 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9876
9877 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
9878
9879 CHANGES WITH 218:
9880
9881 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
9882 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
9883 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
9884 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
9885
9886 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
9887 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
9888 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
9889 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
9890 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
9891
9892 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
9893
9894 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
9895 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
9896 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
9897 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
9898 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
9899 modified configuration after editing.
9900
9901 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
9902 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
9903 system preset files.
9904
9905 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
9906 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
9907 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
9908 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
9909 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
9910 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
9911 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
9912 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
9913 other contexts.
9914
9915 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
9916 inhibitors.
9917
9918 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
9919 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
9920 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
9921 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
9922 managers.
9923
9924 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
9925 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
9926 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
9927 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
9928 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
9929 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
9930 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
9931 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
9932 parallel to journald.
9933
9934 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
9935 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
9936 available.
9937
9938 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
9939 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
9940 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
9941 or are not older than the specified time.
9942
9943 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
9944 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
9945 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
9946 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
9947
9948 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
9949 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
9950 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
9951 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
9952 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
9953 communication.
9954
9955 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
9956 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
9957 services.
9958
9959 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
9960 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
9961 including their signature and values. This is particularly
9962 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
9963 the new "busctl tree" command.
9964
9965 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
9966 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
9967 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
9968 friendly way.
9969
9970 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
9971 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
9972 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
9973 race-ful way.
9974
9975 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
9976 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
9977 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
9978 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
9979 --link-journal=try-guest.
9980
9981 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
9982 stable MAC addresses.
9983
9984 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
9985 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
9986 the respective unit shall use.
9987
9988 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
9989 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
9990 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
9991 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
9992
9993 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
9994 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
9995 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
9996 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
9997 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
9998 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
9999
10000 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10001 details see:
10002
10003 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10004
10005 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10006 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10007 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10008 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10009 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10010 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10011 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10012 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10013 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10014 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10015 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10016 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10017
10018 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10019 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10020 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10021 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10022 bluetooth, …) is used.
10023
10024 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10025 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10026 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10027 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10028 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10029 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10030 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10031 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10032
10033 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10034 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10035 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10036 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10037 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10038 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10039 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10040 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10041 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10042 interface.
10043
10044 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10045 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10046 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10047 luks.name= argument.
10048
10049 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10050 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10051 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10052 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10053 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10054 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10055
10056 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10057 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10058 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10059
10060 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10061 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10062 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10063 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10064 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10065 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10066 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10067 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10068 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10069 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10070 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10071 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10072 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10073 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10074 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10075 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10076 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10077 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10078
10079 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10080
10081 CHANGES WITH 217:
10082
10083 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10084 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10085 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10086 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10087
10088 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10089 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10090 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10091 now waits until the operation is complete.
10092
10093 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10094 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10095 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10096 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10097 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10098 connection.
10099
10100 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10101 commands anymore.
10102
10103 * User units are now loaded also from
10104 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10105 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10106 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10107
10108 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10109 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10110 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10111 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10112 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10113 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10114 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10115 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10116 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10117 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10118 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10119 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10120 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10121 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10122 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10123 question.
10124
10125 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10126 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10127 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10128
10129 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10130 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10131 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10132 command line to trigger resume.
10133
10134 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10135 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10136 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10137 Desktop=systemd-console.
10138
10139 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10140 systemd-networkd.
10141
10142 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10143 from the information provided by the networking stack
10144 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10145
10146 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10147 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10148
10149 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10150 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10151 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10152
10153 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10154
10155 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10156 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10157 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10158 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10159 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10160 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10161
10162 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10163 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10164 respected.
10165
10166 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10167 virtualization.
10168
10169 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10170 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10171 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10172 on.
10173
10174 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10175
10176 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10177
10178 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10179 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10180 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10181 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10182 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10183 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10184 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10185
10186 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10187 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10188 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10189 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10190 from the service's view entirely.
10191
10192 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10193 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10194
10195 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10196 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10197 session.
10198
10199 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10200 legacy-free systems.
10201
10202 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10203 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10204 easily.
10205
10206 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10207 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10208 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10209 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10210 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10211 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10212 option.
10213
10214 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10215 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10216 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10217 /usr.
10218
10219 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10220 services, not only the main process.
10221
10222 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10223 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10224 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10225 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10226 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10227
10228 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10229 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10230 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10231 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10232 directly from now on, again.
10233
10234 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10235 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10236 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10237 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10238 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10239 enabling and disabling.
10240
10241 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10242 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10243 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10244 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10245 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10246 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10247 unnecessary or unlikely.
10248
10249 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10250 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10251 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10252 "annually", "hourly", …).
10253
10254 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10255 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10256 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10257 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10258 overwritten at runtime.
10259
10260 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10261 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10262 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10263 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10264 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10265 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10266 segmentation fault.
10267
10268 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10269 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10270 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10271 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10272 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10273 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10274 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10275 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10276 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10277 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10278 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10279 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10280 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10281 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10282 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10283 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10284 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10285 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10286 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10287 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10288 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10289 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10290
10291 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10292
10293 CHANGES WITH 216:
10294
10295 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10296 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10297 implementations should add a
10298
10299 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10300
10301 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
10302 default functionality.
10303
10304 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
10305 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
10306 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
10307 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
10308 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
10309 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
10310 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
10311 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
10312 files might need to be owned by them. A new
10313 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
10314 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
10315 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
10316 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
10317
10318 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
10319 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
10320 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
10321 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
10322 added eventually, too.
10323
10324 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
10325 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
10326 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
10327 new command to update these fields.
10328
10329 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
10330 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
10331 have been discovered via DHCP.
10332
10333 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
10334 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
10335 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
10336 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
10337 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
10338 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
10339 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
10340 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
10341 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
10342 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
10343 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
10344 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
10345 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
10346 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
10347 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
10348 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
10349 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
10350 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
10351 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
10352 implementation to systemd-resolved.
10353
10354 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
10355 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
10356 containers to their respective IP addresses.
10357
10358 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
10359 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
10360 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
10361 and present it to the user in a very friendly
10362 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
10363 control utility for networkd.
10364
10365 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
10366 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
10367 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
10368 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
10369 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
10370 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
10371 (NoDelay=).
10372
10373 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
10374 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
10375
10376 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
10377 be started only after time-sync.target has been
10378 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
10379 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
10380 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
10381 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
10382
10383 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
10384 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
10385 of the link.
10386
10387 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
10388 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
10389
10390 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
10391 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
10392
10393 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
10394 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
10395 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
10396 for DHCP.
10397
10398 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
10399 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
10400 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
10401 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
10402 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
10403 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
10404 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
10405 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
10406
10407 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
10408 validation of unit files.
10409
10410 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
10411 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
10412 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
10413 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
10414 address may now be configured.
10415
10416 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
10417 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
10418 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
10419 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
10420
10421 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
10422 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
10423
10424 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
10425 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
10426 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
10427 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
10428
10429 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
10430 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
10431 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
10432 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
10433 implementation.
10434
10435 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
10436 journal data to a remote system running
10437 systemd-journal-remote.
10438
10439 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
10440 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
10441 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
10442 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
10443 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
10444 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
10445 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
10446 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
10447 version, you have to turn this option on again
10448 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
10449
10450 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
10451 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
10452 better than XZ which was the previous default.
10453
10454 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
10455 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
10456
10457 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
10458 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
10459
10460 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
10461 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
10462 "systemctl status" output for a service.
10463
10464 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
10465 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
10466 hostname, root password) interactively on first
10467 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
10468 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
10469
10470 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
10471
10472 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
10473
10474 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
10475 when primary addresses are removed.
10476
10477 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
10478 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
10479 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
10480 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
10481 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
10482 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
10483 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10484 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10485 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
10486 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
10487 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
10488 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
10489 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
10490 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
10491 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10492
10493 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
10494
10495 CHANGES WITH 215:
10496
10497 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
10498 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
10499 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
10500 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
10501 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
10502 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
10503 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
10504 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
10505 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
10506 require.
10507
10508 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
10509 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
10510
10511 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
10512 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
10513 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
10514 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
10515 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
10516 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
10517 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
10518
10519 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
10520 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
10521 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
10522 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
10523 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
10524 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
10525 update or reset should use this condition and order
10526 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
10527 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
10528 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
10529 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
10530 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
10531 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
10532 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
10533 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
10534 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
10535
10536 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10537
10538 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10539 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10540 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10541 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10542
10543 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10544 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10545 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10546 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10547 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10548 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10549 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10550 .network files using settings of this section should be
10551 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10552 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10553
10554 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10555 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10556
10557 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10558 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10559 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10560 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10561 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10562 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10563 of nspawn instances.
10564
10565 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10566 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10567 added.
10568
10569 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10570 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10571 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10572 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10573 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10574 configuration stored in /etc.
10575
10576 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10577 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10578 parsing of unknown mount options.
10579
10580 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10581 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10582 it already exist and not already be the correct
10583 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10584 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10585 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10586 pre-existing files of different types.
10587
10588 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10589 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10590 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10591 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10592 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10593 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10594 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10595
10596 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10597 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10598 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10599 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10600 shall be executed.
10601
10602 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10603 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10604 example whether it is fully up and running.
10605
10606 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10607 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10608 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10609 reset.
10610
10611 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10612 most basic services systemd ships by default.
10613
10614 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10615 field for defining the default instance to create if a
10616 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10617
10618 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10619 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10620 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10621
10622 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10623 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10624 access to this group.
10625
10626 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10627 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10628 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10629 to the journal.
10630
10631 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10632 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10633 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10634 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10635 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10636 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10637
10638 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10639 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10640 that makes sure to only show information about the most
10641 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10642 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10643 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10644 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10645 the old name to the new name.
10646
10647 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10648 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10649 coredumpctl without restrictions.
10650
10651 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10652 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10653 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10654 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10655 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10656 "systemd-debug-generator".
10657
10658 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10659 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10660 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10661 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10662 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10663 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10664 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10665 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10666 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10667 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10668 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10669
10670 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10671 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10672 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10673 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10674 been added to query many of these paths for the local
10675 machine and user.
10676
10677 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10678 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10679 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10680 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10681 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10682
10683 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10684 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10685 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10686 couple of drop-in directories.
10687
10688 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10689 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10690 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10691 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10692 for dev_port.
10693
10694 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10695 container (read from /etc/os-release and
10696 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10697 "machinectl status" for a machine.
10698
10699 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10700 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10701 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10702 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10703 Restart= setting.
10704
10705 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10706 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10707 directly connect to a specific container on the
10708 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10709 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10710 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10711 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10712 containers is a privileged operation.
10713
10714 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10715 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10716 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10717 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10718 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10719 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10720 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10721 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10722 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10723 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10724 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10725 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10726
10727 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10728
10729 CHANGES WITH 214:
10730
10731 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10732 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10733 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10734 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10735 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10736 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10737 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10738 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10739 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10740 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10741 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10742 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10743 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10744 devices are excluded from this logic.
10745
10746 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10747 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10748 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10749 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10750 change has been released.
10751
10752 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10753 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10754 libattr is thus unnecessary.
10755
10756 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10757 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10758 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
10759 with fewer privileges.
10760
10761 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
10762 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
10763 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
10764 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
10765
10766 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
10767 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
10768
10769 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
10770 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
10771
10772 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
10773 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
10774 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
10775
10776 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
10777 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
10778 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
10779 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
10780 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
10781 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
10782
10783 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
10784 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
10785 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
10786
10787 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
10788 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
10789 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
10790 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
10791 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
10792 modifications of user data or system files from
10793 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
10794 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
10795
10796 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
10797 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
10798 and FIFOs in the file system.
10799
10800 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
10801 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
10802 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
10803
10804 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
10805 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
10806 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
10807 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
10808 the socket itself.
10809
10810 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
10811 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
10812 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
10813 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
10814 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
10815 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
10816 symlinks, and nothing else.
10817
10818 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
10819 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
10820 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
10821 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
10822 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
10823 process (for example, the parent process). The
10824 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
10825 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
10826 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
10827 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
10828 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
10829 messages to services when the originating process already
10830 vanished.
10831
10832 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
10833 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
10834 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
10835 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
10836 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
10837 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
10838 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
10839 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
10840 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
10841 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
10842 all long-running services.
10843
10844 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
10845 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
10846 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
10847 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
10848 service.
10849
10850 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
10851 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
10852 applied to all submounts, too.
10853
10854 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
10855
10856 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
10857 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
10858 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
10859 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
10860 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
10861 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
10862 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
10863
10864 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
10865 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
10866 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
10867 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
10868 (domU) domains.
10869
10870 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
10871 files or entire directories.
10872
10873 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
10874 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
10875 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
10876 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
10877 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
10878
10879 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
10880 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
10881 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
10882 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
10883 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
10884 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
10885 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
10886 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
10887 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
10888 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
10889 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
10890 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
10891
10892 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
10893 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
10894 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
10895 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
10896
10897 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
10898 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
10899 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
10900 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
10901 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
10902 non-directories.
10903
10904 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
10905 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
10906 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
10907
10908 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
10909 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
10910 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
10911 this group.
10912
10913 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
10914 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
10915 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
10916 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
10917 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10918 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
10919 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10920
10921 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
10922
10923 CHANGES WITH 213:
10924
10925 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
10926 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
10927 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
10928 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
10929 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
10930 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
10931 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
10932 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
10933 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
10934 client should be more than appropriate for most
10935 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
10936 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
10937 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
10938 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
10939 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
10940 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
10941 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
10942 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
10943 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
10944 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
10945 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
10946
10947 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
10948 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
10949 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
10950 part of a different namespace.
10951
10952 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
10953 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
10954 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
10955 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
10956
10957 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
10958 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
10959 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
10960
10961 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
10962 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
10963 when a service fails. This works similarly to
10964 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
10965 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
10966 restart the service in question.
10967
10968 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
10969 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
10970 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
10971 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
10972 details when running non-locally.
10973
10974 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
10975 graphs it generates.
10976
10977 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
10978 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
10979 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
10980 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
10981 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
10982
10983 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
10984
10985 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
10986 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
10987 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
10988 what it was on SysV systems.
10989
10990 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
10991 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
10992
10993 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
10994 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
10995 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
10996
10997 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
10998 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
10999 to show these addresses in its output.
11000
11001 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11002 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11003 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11004 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11005 preferred over a text one.
11006
11007 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11008 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11009 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11010 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11011 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11012 mDNS cache.
11013
11014 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11015 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11016 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11017 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11018 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11019
11020 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11021 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11022 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11023 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11024 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11025
11026 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11027 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11028 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11029 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11030 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11031 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11032 overrides any other settings.
11033
11034 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11035 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11036 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11037 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11038 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11039 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11040 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11041 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11042 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11043 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11044 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11045 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11046 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11047 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11048 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11049 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11050 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11051
11052 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11053
11054 CHANGES WITH 212:
11055
11056 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11057 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11058 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11059 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11060 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11061 by accident.
11062
11063 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11064 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11065 registered with machined.
11066
11067 * sd-login gained new calls
11068 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11069 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11070 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11071 counterparts.
11072
11073 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11074 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11075 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11076 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11077 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11078 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11079 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11080 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11081 once.
11082
11083 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11084 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11085 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11086
11087 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11088 units on all local containers, when used with the
11089 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11090 executed when no parameters are specified).
11091
11092 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11093 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11094 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11095 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11096
11097 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11098 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11099 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11100 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11101 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11102 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11103
11104 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11105 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11106 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11107 of the container.
11108
11109 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11110 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11111 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11112 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11113 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11114 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11115 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11116 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11117
11118 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11119 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11120 instead of /.
11121
11122 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11123 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11124 emergency messages now.
11125
11126 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11127 journal log messages across the network.
11128
11129 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11130 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11131 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11132 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11133 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11134 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11135 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11136
11137 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11138 down a local OS container.
11139
11140 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11141 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11142 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11143
11144 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11145 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11146 this is appropriate.
11147
11148 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11149 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11150 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11151
11152 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11153 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11154 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11155 for debugging purposes.
11156
11157 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11158 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11159 in seconds.
11160
11161 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11162 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11163 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11164 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11165 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11166 like on traditional inetd.
11167
11168 * A new system.conf configuration option
11169 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11170 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11171
11172 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11173 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11174 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11175 do these days).
11176
11177 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11178 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11179 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11180 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11181 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11182 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11183
11184 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11185 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11186 it will be triggered.
11187
11188 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11189 addresses to its local interfaces.
11190
11191 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11192 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11193 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11194 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11195 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11196 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11197 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11198 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11199 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11200
11201 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11202
11203 CHANGES WITH 211:
11204
11205 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11206 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11207 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11208 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11209 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11210 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11211
11212 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11213 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11214 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11215 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11216 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11217 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11218 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11219 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11220 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11221
11222 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11223 matching against device group names.
11224
11225 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11226 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11227 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11228 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11229 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11230 though.
11231
11232 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11233 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11234 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11235 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11236 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11237 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11238 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11239 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11240 systems prepared appropriately.
11241
11242 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11243 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11244 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11245 (see above). This means that installations made with
11246 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11247 deployed using container managers, completely
11248 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11249 this feature soon, too.)
11250
11251 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11252 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11253 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11254 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11255
11256 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11257 using IPv4LL.
11258
11259 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11260 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11261 systemd-networkd.
11262
11263 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11264 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11265 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11266 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11267 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11268
11269 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11270 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11271 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11272 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11273 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11274 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11275 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11276 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11277 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11278 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11279 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11280 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11281 users.
11282
11283 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11284 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11285 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11286 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11287 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11288 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11289 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11290 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11291 due to a closed lid.
11292
11293 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11294 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11295 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11296 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11297 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11298 order to then act as suspend blocker.
11299
11300 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
11301 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
11302 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
11303 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
11304 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
11305
11306 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
11307 now also work in --scope mode.
11308
11309 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
11310 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
11311 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
11312 promises are made.)
11313
11314 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
11315 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11316 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
11317 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11318 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
11319 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
11320 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
11321 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
11322 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
11323 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11324
11325 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
11326
11327 CHANGES WITH 210:
11328
11329 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
11330 according to SMACK rules.
11331
11332 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
11333 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
11334
11335 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
11336 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
11337 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
11338
11339 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
11340 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
11341 and machine ID.
11342
11343 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
11344 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
11345 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
11346 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
11347 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
11348 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
11349 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
11350 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
11351 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
11352 backpack or similar.
11353
11354 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
11355 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
11356 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
11357 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
11358 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
11359 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
11360 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
11361 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
11362 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
11363 this on its own.
11364
11365 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
11366 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
11367 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
11368 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
11369
11370 * We will now ship a default .network file for
11371 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
11372 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
11373 --network-bridge= switches.
11374
11375 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
11376 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
11377 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
11378 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
11379 metrics, according to what is customary according to
11380 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
11381 each configuration option.
11382
11383 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
11384 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
11385 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
11386 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
11387 at once.
11388
11389 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
11390 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
11391 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
11392 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
11393 triggered by other work being done in the program.
11394
11395 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
11396 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
11397 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
11398 default however.
11399
11400 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
11401 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
11402 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
11403 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
11404 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
11405 them with systemd-networkd.
11406
11407 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
11408 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
11409 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
11410 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
11411 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
11412 is drastically increased, but given that these are
11413 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
11414 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
11415 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
11416 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
11417 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
11418 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
11419 during a transitional period!
11420
11421 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
11422 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
11423
11424 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
11425 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11426 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
11427 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
11428 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11429 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11430 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11431 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11432
11433 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
11434
11435 CHANGES WITH 209:
11436
11437 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
11438 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
11439 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
11440 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
11441 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
11442 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
11443 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
11444 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
11445 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
11446 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
11447 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
11448 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
11449
11450 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
11451 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
11452 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
11453 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
11454 machines and the like.
11455
11456 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
11457 shutdown/boot.
11458
11459 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
11460 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
11461
11462 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
11463 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
11464 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
11465 prepared for additional security frameworks.
11466
11467 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
11468 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
11469 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
11470 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
11471 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
11472 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
11473
11474 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
11475 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
11476 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
11477 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
11478 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
11479 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
11480 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
11481 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
11482 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
11483
11484 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
11485 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
11486
11487 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
11488 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
11489 implementation.
11490
11491 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
11492 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
11493 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
11494 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
11495 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
11496 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
11497 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
11498 and .service units.
11499
11500 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
11501 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
11502 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
11503
11504 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
11505 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
11506 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
11507 nothing makes use of it.
11508
11509 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
11510 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
11511 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
11512
11513 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
11514 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
11515 compatibility purposes.
11516
11517 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
11518 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
11519 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
11520 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
11521 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
11522 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
11523 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
11524 process handling.
11525
11526 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
11527 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
11528 style to "sd-bus.h".
11529
11530 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
11531 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
11532 "systemd-networkd".
11533
11534 * There is a new kernel command line option
11535 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
11536 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11537 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11538 are not restored.
11539
11540 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11541 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11542 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11543 PID1's support for that anymore.
11544
11545 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11546 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11547
11548 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11549 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11550 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11551 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11552 container that is registered with machined, such as those
11553 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11554
11555 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11556 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11557 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11558 onto remote systems.
11559
11560 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11561 login in any local container. This works with any container
11562 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11563 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11564
11565 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11566 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11567 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11568 system of some kind.
11569
11570 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11571 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11572 next.
11573
11574 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11575 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11576 reboot() system call.
11577
11578 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11579 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11580 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11581 still available but not advertised anymore.
11582
11583 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11584 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11585 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11586 within each Unit.
11587
11588 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11589 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11590 the kernel).
11591
11592 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11593 timestamps (following the setting in
11594 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11595
11596 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11597 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11598
11599 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11600 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11601
11602 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11603 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11604 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11605
11606 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11607 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11608 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11609 the full configuration is shown.
11610
11611 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11612 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11613 those commands which take multiple unit names.
11614
11615 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11616
11617 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11618 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11619
11620 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11621 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11622 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11623 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11624
11625 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11626 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11627 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11628 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11629
11630 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11631 of the legend text.
11632
11633 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11634 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11635 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11636 remote sessions.
11637
11638 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11639 information of SDIO devices.
11640
11641 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11642 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11643 the system manager.
11644
11645 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11646 short description of the connection parameters in the
11647 description.
11648
11649 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11650 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11651 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11652 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11653 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11654 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11655 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11656
11657 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11658 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11659 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11660 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11661 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11662 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11663 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11664 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11665 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11666
11667 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11668 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11669 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11670 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11671 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11672 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11673 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11674 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11675 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11676 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11677 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11678 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11679 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11680 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11681 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11682 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11683 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11684 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11685 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11686 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11687 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11688 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11689 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11690
11691 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11692 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11693 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11694 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11695 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11696 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11697 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11698 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11699 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11700 that you are aware of the instability of the current
11701 APIs.
11702
11703 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11704 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11705 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11706 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11707 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11708 declare the APIs stable.
11709
11710 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11711 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11712 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11713 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11714 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11715 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11716 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11717 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11718 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11719 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11720 one of them is updated.
11721
11722 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11723 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11724 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11725 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11726 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11727
11728 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11729 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11730 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11731 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11732 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11733 entry points.
11734
11735 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11736 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11737 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11738 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11739 been disabled at compile-time.
11740
11741 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11742 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11743 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11744 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11745
11746 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11747 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11748 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11749
11750 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11751 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11752 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11753
11754 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11755 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11756 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11757
11758 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
11759 remains until jobs expire.
11760
11761 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
11762 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
11763 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
11764 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
11765 all remaining processes of the service.
11766
11767 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
11768 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
11769 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
11770 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
11771 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
11772 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
11773 manager process which created them takes no further
11774 responsibilities for it.
11775
11776 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
11777 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
11778 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
11779 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
11780 marked executable or world-writable.
11781
11782 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
11783 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
11784 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
11785 "--setenv=" for consistency.
11786
11787 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
11788 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
11789 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
11790 independent of the host.
11791
11792 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
11793 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
11794 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
11795 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
11796
11797 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
11798 with specific SELinux labels set.
11799
11800 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
11801 any additional output but the container's own console
11802 output.
11803
11804 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
11805 container without PID namespacing enabled.
11806
11807 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
11808 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
11809 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
11810 OS images, but only specific apps.
11811
11812 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
11813 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
11814 results in registration of the unit service itself in
11815 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
11816
11817 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
11818 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
11819 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
11820 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
11821 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
11822 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
11823
11824 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
11825 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
11826 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
11827 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
11828 units to use.
11829
11830 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
11831 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
11832 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
11833 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
11834
11835 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
11836 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
11837 context for a service.
11838
11839 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
11840 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
11841 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
11842 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
11843 influence this logic.
11844
11845 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
11846 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
11847 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
11848 other things.
11849
11850 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
11851 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
11852 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
11853 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
11854 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
11855 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
11856 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
11857 architectures). There is also a global
11858 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
11859 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
11860
11861 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
11862 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
11863
11864 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
11865 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
11866 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
11867 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
11868 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
11869 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
11870 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
11871 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
11872 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
11873 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
11874 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
11875 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11876 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11877 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
11878 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11879 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
11880 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
11881 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
11882 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
11883 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
11884 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11885 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
11886 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
11887 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11888
11889 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
11890
11891 CHANGES WITH 208:
11892
11893 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
11894 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
11895 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
11896 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
11897 access input and drm devices which are normally
11898 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
11899 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
11900 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
11901 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
11902 session switching without allowing background sessions to
11903 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
11904 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
11905 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
11906
11907 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
11908 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
11909 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
11910
11911 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
11912 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
11913 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
11914 kernel version number.
11915
11916 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
11917 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
11918 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
11919
11920 * This release removes high-level support for the
11921 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
11922 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
11923 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
11924 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
11925
11926 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
11927 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
11928 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
11929 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
11930 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
11931 cgroup system.
11932
11933 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
11934 messages containing the slice a message was generated
11935 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
11936 logs among other things.
11937
11938 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
11939 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
11940 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
11941 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
11942 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
11943 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
11944 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
11945 journald which would be necessary to resolve
11946 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
11947 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
11948 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
11949 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
11950 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
11951 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
11952 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
11953 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
11954 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
11955 not delayed until next reboot.
11956
11957 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
11958 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
11959 systemd generated files in one directory.
11960
11961 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
11962 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
11963 performance information if that's available to determine how
11964 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
11965 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
11966 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
11967
11968 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
11969 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
11970 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
11971 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11972 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
11973 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
11974 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11975
11976 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
11977
11978 CHANGES WITH 207:
11979
11980 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
11981 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
11982 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
11983 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
11984
11985 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
11986 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
11987 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
11988 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
11989 specified on the kernel command line less important.
11990
11991 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
11992 retrieve the VT number of a session.
11993
11994 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
11995 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
11996 maximum number of tries.
11997
11998 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
11999 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12000 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12001
12002 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12003 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12004
12005 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12006 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12007 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12008
12009 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12010 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12011 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12012
12013 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12014 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12015 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12016 and type).
12017
12018 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12019 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12020
12021 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12022 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12023 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12024 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12025
12026 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12027 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12028 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12029 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12030 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12031 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12032 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12033 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12034
12035 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12036 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12037 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12038 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12039
12040 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12041 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12042 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12043 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12044 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12045 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12046 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12047
12048 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12049 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12050
12051 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12052 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12053 automatically after the process terminated.
12054
12055 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12056 certain paths from operation.
12057
12058 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12059 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12060 is received.
12061
12062 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12063 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12064 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12065 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12066 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12067 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12068 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12069 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12070 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12071 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12072 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12073 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12074 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12075
12076 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12077
12078 CHANGES WITH 206:
12079
12080 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12081 concepts introduced with 205.
12082
12083 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12084 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12085 -r".
12086
12087 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12088 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12089 --state= parameter.
12090
12091 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12092 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12093 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12094 the journal.
12095
12096 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12097 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12098 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12099
12100 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12101 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12102 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12103 browsing logs from that point on.
12104
12105 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12106 of an FSS key.
12107
12108 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12109 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12110 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12111 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12112 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12113 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12114 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12115 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12116 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12117 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12118 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12119 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12120 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12121 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12122
12123 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12124 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12125 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12126 backing module right-away.
12127
12128 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12129 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12130
12131 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12132 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12133
12134 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12135 set of processes in the message metadata.
12136
12137 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12138
12139 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12140 support for passing performance data via environment
12141 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12142 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12143 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12144 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12145 deserialize it again.
12146
12147 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12148 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12149 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12150 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12151
12152 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12153 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12154 completely silent shutdown when used.
12155
12156 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12157 option in .socket units.
12158
12159 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12160 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12161 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12162 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12163 system.slice as before.
12164
12165 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12166
12167 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12168 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12169 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12170 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12171 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12172 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12173 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12174
12175 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12176
12177 CHANGES WITH 205:
12178
12179 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12180
12181 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12182 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12183 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12184 possible for system services and applications to group their
12185 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12186 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12187 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12188
12189 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12190 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12191 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12192 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12193 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12194
12195 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12196 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12197 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12198 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12199
12200 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12201 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12202 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12203 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12204 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12205 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12206 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12207 and useful as a general batch manager.
12208
12209 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12210 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12211 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12212 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12213 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12214 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12215 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12216 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12217 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12218 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12219
12220 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12221 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12222 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12223 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12224 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12225 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12226 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12227 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12228 is compile-time optional.
12229
12230 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12231 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12232 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12233 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12234 well as slice units.
12235
12236 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12237 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12238 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12239 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12240 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12241 command that wraps this call.
12242
12243 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12244 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12245 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12246 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12247 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12248 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12249 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12250
12251 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12252 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12253 off audit.
12254
12255 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12256 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12257
12258 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12259 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12260 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12261 and system logs.
12262
12263 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12264 snippets extending unit files.
12265
12266 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12267 not available as public API.
12268
12269 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12270 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12271 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12272
12273 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12274 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12275 controls what to boot into by default.
12276
12277 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12278 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12279
12280 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12281 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12282 about the unit file loading.
12283
12284 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12285 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12286 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12287 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12288 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12289 racy due to journal file rotation.
12290
12291 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12292 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12293 all services.
12294
12295 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12296 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12297 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12298 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12299 system services want to log events about specific client
12300 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
12301 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
12302 unit is requested.
12303
12304 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
12305 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
12306 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
12307 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
12308 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
12309 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12310 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
12311 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
12312 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
12313 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
12314 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12315 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
12316 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
12317
12318 CHANGES WITH 204:
12319
12320 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
12321 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
12322
12323 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
12324 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
12325 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
12326
12327 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
12328 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12329
12330 CHANGES WITH 203:
12331
12332 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
12333 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
12334
12335 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
12336 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
12337 fields, including the root directory.
12338
12339 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
12340 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
12341 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
12342 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
12343 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
12344 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
12345 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
12346 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
12347 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
12348 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
12349 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
12350
12351 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
12352 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
12353
12354 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
12355 have taken an inhibitor lock.
12356
12357 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
12358 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
12359 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
12360 the local hostname.
12361
12362 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
12363 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
12364 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
12365 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
12366 VMs/containers coming and going.
12367
12368 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
12369 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
12370 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
12371
12372 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
12373 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
12374 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
12375 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
12376
12377 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
12378 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
12379 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
12380
12381 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
12382 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
12383 services. With the container's root directory in
12384 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
12385 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
12386
12387 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
12388 the processes within a certain container.
12389
12390 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
12391 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
12392 check though. Patches welcome!
12393
12394 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
12395 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
12396 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
12397 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
12398 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
12399
12400 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
12401 the passed argument if applicable.
12402
12403 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12404 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12405 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
12406 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12407 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
12408 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
12409 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12410 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12411
12412 CHANGES WITH 202:
12413
12414 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
12415 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
12416 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
12417 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
12418 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
12419 units activate.
12420
12421 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
12422 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
12423 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
12424 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
12425 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
12426 for now, and not installable.
12427
12428 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
12429 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
12430 can run in conjunction with udev.
12431
12432 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
12433 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
12434 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
12435 session manager.
12436
12437 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
12438 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
12439 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
12440 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
12441 services, user processes and containers/virtual
12442 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
12443 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
12444 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
12445 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
12446 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
12447 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
12448
12449 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
12450
12451 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
12452 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
12453 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
12454 logical expressions.
12455
12456 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
12457 switches.
12458
12459 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
12460 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
12461 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
12462 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
12463 the user.
12464
12465 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
12466 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
12467 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
12468 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
12469 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
12470 an entry.
12471
12472 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
12473 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12474 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
12475 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12476 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
12477 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12478
12479 CHANGES WITH 201:
12480
12481 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
12482 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
12483 directory.
12484
12485 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
12486 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
12487 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
12488 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
12489 problem.
12490
12491 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
12492 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
12493 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
12494 before the key file is attempted to be read.
12495
12496 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
12497 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
12498
12499 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
12500 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
12501 files in this context are files such as
12502 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
12503
12504 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
12505 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
12506 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
12507 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
12508 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
12509 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
12510
12511 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
12512 hostnames.
12513
12514 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
12515 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
12516 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
12517 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
12518 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
12519 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
12520 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
12521 all time-related output of systemd.
12522
12523 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
12524 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
12525 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
12526 loops.
12527
12528 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
12529 (models, layouts, variants, options).
12530
12531 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
12532 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
12533 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
12534 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
12535 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
12536
12537 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12538 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12539 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12540 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12541 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12542 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12543 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12544
12545 CHANGES WITH 200:
12546
12547 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12548 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12549 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12550 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12551 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12552 middle ground between physical and access time order.
12553
12554 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12555 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12556 images.
12557
12558 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12559 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12560 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12561
12562 CHANGES WITH 199:
12563
12564 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12565
12566 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12567 security policy.
12568
12569 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12570 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12571 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12572 shared by all processes of a service (which means
12573 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12574 the same service can still access). When a service is
12575 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12576 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12577 this though).
12578
12579 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12580 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12581 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12582 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12583 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12584 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12585
12586 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12587 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12588
12589 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12590 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12591
12592 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12593
12594 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12595 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12596 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12597 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12598 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12599
12600 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12601 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12602 system is to be mounted.
12603
12604 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12605 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12606 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12607 purpose for socket units.
12608
12609 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12610 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12611
12612 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12613 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12614 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12615 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12616 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12617
12618 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12619 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12620 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12621 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12622 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12623 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12624 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12625 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12626 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12627
12628 CHANGES WITH 198:
12629
12630 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12631 files without having to edit/override the unit files
12632 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12633 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12634 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12635 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12636 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12637 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12638 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12639 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12640 unit files locally: copying the files from
12641 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12642 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12643 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12644 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12645 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12646 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12647 for them too.
12648
12649 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12650 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12651 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12652 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12653 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12654 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12655 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12656 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12657 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12658
12659 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12660 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12661
12662 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12663 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12664 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12665 other users.
12666
12667 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12668 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12669 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12670 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12671 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12672 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12673 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12674 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12675 management logic is also available to other programs via the
12676 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12677 supported.
12678
12679 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12680 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12681 the foreground VT.
12682
12683 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12684 call.
12685
12686 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12687 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12688 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12689 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12690 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12691 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12692 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12693 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12694 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12695 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12696 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12697 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12698 also been removed.
12699
12700 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12701 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12702 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12703 objects themselves.
12704
12705 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12706
12707 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12708 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12709 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12710 to how this is supported in shells.
12711
12712 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12713 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12714 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12715 user systemd instance.
12716
12717 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12718 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12719 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12720 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12721 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12722 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12723 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12724 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12725 one day for good in the kernel.
12726
12727 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12728 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12729 container.
12730
12731 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12732 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12733 the host into the container.
12734
12735 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12736 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12737 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12738 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12739 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12740 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12741
12742 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
12743
12744 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12745 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12746 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12747 configured to be mounted there.
12748
12749 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12750 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12751 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12752 system resume events.
12753
12754 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12755 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12756 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12757 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12758
12759 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
12760 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
12761 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
12762 card).
12763
12764 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
12765 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
12766 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
12767
12768 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
12769 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
12770 later "change" event.
12771
12772 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
12773 now carry a message ID.
12774
12775 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
12776 continues to be work in progress.
12777
12778 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
12779 root directory to operate relative to.
12780
12781 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
12782 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
12783 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
12784 times a little.
12785
12786 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
12787 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
12788 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
12789 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
12790 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
12791 request boot into firmware operations.
12792
12793 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
12794 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
12795 correctly in initrds.
12796
12797 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
12798 compile time optional via a configure switch.
12799
12800 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
12801 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
12802
12803 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
12804 the status of all active or failed units.
12805
12806 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
12807 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
12808 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
12809 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
12810 requests more robust.
12811
12812 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
12813 reading journal files.
12814
12815 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
12816 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
12817
12818 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
12819
12820 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
12821 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
12822
12823 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
12824 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
12825 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
12826 socket activation in daemons.
12827
12828 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
12829 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
12830
12831 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
12832 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
12833 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
12834
12835 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
12836 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
12837 system units.
12838
12839 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
12840 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
12841 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
12842
12843 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
12844 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
12845 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
12846 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
12847 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
12848 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
12849 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
12850 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
12851 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
12852 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
12853 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
12854 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
12855 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
12856 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
12857 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
12858 package installation time.
12859
12860 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
12861 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
12862 scripts need to create these system user/group at
12863 installation time.
12864
12865 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
12866 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
12867
12868 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
12869
12870 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
12871 available.
12872
12873 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
12874 load SMACK policies at early boot.
12875
12876 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
12877 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
12878 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
12879 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
12880 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12881 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
12882 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
12883 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
12884 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
12885 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
12886 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
12887 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12888 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
12889 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
12890
12891 CHANGES WITH 197:
12892
12893 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
12894 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
12895 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
12896 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
12897 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
12898 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
12899 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
12900 the supported calendar time specification language see
12901 systemd.time(7).
12902
12903 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
12904 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
12905 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
12906 document for details:
12907
12908 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
12909
12910 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
12911 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
12912 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
12913 implementations around and minimal in its code and
12914 dependencies.
12915
12916 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
12917 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
12918 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
12919 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
12920 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
12921 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
12922 with a configure switch.
12923
12924 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
12925 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
12926 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
12927 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
12928 such as ext4.
12929
12930 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
12931 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
12932 identities are attached to the devices as well.
12933
12934 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
12935 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
12936
12937 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
12938 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
12939 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
12940 using only core OS tools.
12941
12942 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
12943 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
12944 implementation of socket activated nspawn
12945 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
12946 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
12947 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
12948 eventually.
12949
12950 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
12951 presenting log data.
12952
12953 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
12954 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
12955
12956 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
12957 system on idle.
12958
12959 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
12960 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
12961 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
12962 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
12963 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
12964 information if possible.
12965
12966 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
12967 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
12968 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
12969
12970 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
12971 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
12972 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
12973 is running on battery power.
12974
12975 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
12976 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
12977 is in the "failed" state.
12978
12979 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
12980 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
12981 environment files at once.
12982
12983 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
12984 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
12985 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
12986 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
12987 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
12988 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
12989 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
12990 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
12991 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
12992 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
12993 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
12994 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
12995 pieces of code locally from the git history.
12996
12997 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
12998 log the unit name in the message meta data.
12999
13000 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13001 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13002
13003 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13004 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13005 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13006 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13007 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13008 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13009 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13010 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13011 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13012 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13013 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13014 shipped from us upstream.
13015
13016 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13017 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13018 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13019 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13020 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13021 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13022 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13023 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13024 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13025 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13026 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13027 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13028 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13029
13030 CHANGES WITH 196:
13031
13032 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13033 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13034 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13035 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13036 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13037 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13038 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13039 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13040 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13041 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13042 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13043 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13044 data for all devices where this is available, by
13045 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13046 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13047 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13048 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13049 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13050 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13051
13052 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13053 indexed database to link up additional information with
13054 journal entries. For further details please check:
13055
13056 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13057
13058 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13059 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13060 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13061 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13062 macro for this purpose.
13063
13064 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13065 Python logging framework.
13066
13067 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13068 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13069 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13070 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13071 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13072 time intervals.
13073
13074 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13075 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13076 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13077
13078 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13079 right-away on the selected coredump.
13080
13081 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13082 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13083 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13084
13085 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13086 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13087 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13088 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13089
13090 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13091 default.
13092
13093 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13094 SMACK security label.
13095
13096 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13097 daylight saving change.
13098
13099 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13100 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13101 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13102 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13103 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13104 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13105 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13106
13107 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13108 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13109 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13110 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13111 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13112 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13113 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13114
13115 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13116 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13117
13118 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13119 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13120 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13121 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13122 offline updating tools.
13123
13124 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13125 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13126 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13127 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13128 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13129 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13130
13131 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13132 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13133
13134 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13135 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13136 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13137 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13138 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13139 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13140 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13141 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13142 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13143
13144 CHANGES WITH 195:
13145
13146 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13147 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13148 units via --unit=/-u.
13149
13150 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13151 right thing.
13152
13153 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13154 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13155 rotation.
13156
13157 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13158 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13159 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13160 completion of journalctl has been updated
13161 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13162 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13163
13164 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13165 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13166
13167 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13168 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13169 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13170 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13171 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13172 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13173 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13174 completion.
13175
13176 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13177 extract coredumps from the journal.
13178
13179 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13180 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13181 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13182 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13183 scratch their heads.
13184
13185 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13186 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13187
13188 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13189 in immediate termination of systemd.
13190
13191 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13192 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13193
13194 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13195 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13196 mouse screen support has been added.
13197
13198 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13199 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13200
13201 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13202 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13203 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13204 "systemctl reload".
13205
13206 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13207 -u" instead.
13208
13209 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13210 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13211 configured.
13212
13213 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13214 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13215
13216 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13217 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13218 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13219 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13220 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13221 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13222 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13223
13224 CHANGES WITH 194:
13225
13226 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13227 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13228 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13229 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13230 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13231 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13232 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13233 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13234 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13235 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13236 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13237 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13238
13239 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13240 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13241 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13242
13243 CHANGES WITH 193:
13244
13245 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13246 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13247
13248 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13249 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13250 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13251
13252 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13253 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13254 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13255 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13256 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13257 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13258 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13259
13260 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13261 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13262
13263 This will download the journal contents in a
13264 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13265
13266 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13267
13268 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13269 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13270 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13271 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13272 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13273
13274 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13275
13276 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13277 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13278
13279 CHANGES WITH 192:
13280
13281 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13282 too.
13283
13284 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13285 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13286 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13287 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13288 just start them.
13289
13290 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13291 and line break accordingly.
13292
13293 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13294 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13295
13296 CHANGES WITH 191:
13297
13298 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13299 container environment, copying the host's timezone
13300 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
13301 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
13302 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
13303
13304 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
13305 will default to 10 if omitted.
13306
13307 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
13308 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
13309 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
13310 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
13311 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
13312
13313 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
13314 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
13315 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
13316 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
13317 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
13318 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
13319 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
13320
13321 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
13322 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
13323 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
13324 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
13325 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
13326 into two.
13327
13328 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
13329 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
13330
13331 CHANGES WITH 190:
13332
13333 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
13334 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
13335 "systemctl status".
13336
13337 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
13338 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
13339 system to another place in the same file system could not be
13340 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
13341 field.)
13342
13343 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
13344 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
13345 default.
13346
13347 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
13348 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
13349 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
13350 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
13351 in a container.
13352
13353 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
13354 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
13355 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
13356 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
13357 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
13358 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
13359
13360 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
13361 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
13362 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
13363 no-op.
13364
13365 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
13366 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
13367 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
13368 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
13369 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
13370
13371 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
13372 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
13373
13374 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
13375 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
13376 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
13377 command.
13378
13379 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
13380 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
13381 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
13382
13383 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
13384
13385 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
13386 multiple files at once.
13387
13388 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
13389 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
13390 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
13391 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
13392 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
13393 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
13394 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
13395
13396 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
13397 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
13398 now support specifiers as well.
13399
13400 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
13401 dir: %_presetdir.
13402
13403 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
13404 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
13405
13406 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
13407 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
13408 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
13409 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
13410 anymore.
13411
13412 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
13413 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
13414 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
13415 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
13416
13417 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
13418 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
13419 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
13420
13421 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
13422 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
13423 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
13424 sockets.
13425
13426 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
13427 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
13428 is changed.
13429
13430 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
13431 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
13432 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
13433 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
13434 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
13435 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
13436 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
13437
13438 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
13439
13440 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
13441 the unit file label and client process label into account.
13442
13443 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
13444 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
13445
13446 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
13447 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
13448 (%b).
13449
13450 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
13451 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
13452 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13453 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13454 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
13455 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13456 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13457
13458 CHANGES WITH 189:
13459
13460 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
13461 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
13462
13463 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
13464 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
13465 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
13466 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
13467 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
13468 syslog daemons again.
13469
13470 * The libudev API gained the new
13471 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
13472
13473 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
13474 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
13475 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
13476 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
13477
13478 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
13479 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
13480 container.
13481
13482 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
13483 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
13484 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
13485 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
13486 this explaining it in more detail.
13487
13488 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
13489 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
13490 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
13491 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
13492
13493 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
13494 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
13495 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
13496 journal files.
13497
13498 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
13499 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
13500 as container init process a lot more fun.
13501
13502 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
13503 entries.
13504
13505 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
13506 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
13507 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
13508 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
13509 different sets of services.
13510
13511 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
13512 failure state.
13513
13514 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
13515 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
13516 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13517
13518 CHANGES WITH 188:
13519
13520 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
13521 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
13522 tree a lot more organized.
13523
13524 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
13525 may be used to group services in a natural way.
13526
13527 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
13528 services.
13529
13530 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
13531 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
13532 filtering by log level now.
13533
13534 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
13535 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
13536 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13537
13538 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13539 command lines involving service unit names.
13540
13541 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13542 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13543
13544 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13545 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13546 and encodes structured information about the error number.
13547
13548 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13549 option.
13550
13551 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13552 a shutdown is cancelled.
13553
13554 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13555 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13556 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13557 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13558 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13559
13560 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13561 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13562 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13563 for display managers instead.
13564
13565 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13566 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13567 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13568 protection, and suchlike.
13569
13570 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13571 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13572 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13573 the service.
13574
13575 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13576 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13577 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13578 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13579 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13580 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13581
13582 CHANGES WITH 187:
13583
13584 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13585 pages.
13586
13587 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13588 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13589 data loss.
13590
13591 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13592 option.
13593
13594 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13595
13596 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13597 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13598
13599 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13600 specific directory.
13601
13602 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13603 messages of two different boots.
13604
13605 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13606 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13607 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13608
13609 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13610 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13611 disjunctions.
13612
13613 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13614 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13615 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13616
13617 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13618 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13619 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13620
13621 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13622 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13623 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13624 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13625 speed things up a bit.
13626
13627 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13628 header data of journal files.
13629
13630 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13631 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13632 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13633
13634 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13635 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13636 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13637 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13638
13639 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13640
13641 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13642 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13643 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13644 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13645
13646 CHANGES WITH 186:
13647
13648 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13649 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13650 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13651 prefixed with rd.
13652
13653 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13654 automatically generated at boot. Use:
13655
13656 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13657
13658 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13659
13660 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13661
13662 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13663 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13664 as well.
13665
13666 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13667 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13668 in all appropriate directories automatically.
13669
13670 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13671 does the right thing. Example:
13672
13673 udevadm info /dev/sda
13674 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13675
13676 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13677 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13678 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13679 running.
13680
13681 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13682 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13683
13684 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13685 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13686
13687 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13688 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13689 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13690 files.
13691
13692 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13693 be stopped that is not loaded.
13694
13695 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13696
13697 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13698
13699 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13700 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13701 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13702 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13703
13704 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13705 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13706 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13707 completed initialization.
13708
13709 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13710
13711 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13712 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13713 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13714 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13715 distributions.
13716
13717 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13718 always valid when services log to the journal via
13719 STDOUT/STDERR.
13720
13721 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13722 command line options we understand.
13723
13724 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13725 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13726
13727 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13728 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13729
13730 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13731 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13732 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13733 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13734
13735 systemctl status /home
13736 systemctl status /dev/sda
13737
13738 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13739 system.conf parsing.
13740
13741 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13742 Manager object.
13743
13744 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13745
13746 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13747
13748 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13749 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13750 complete.
13751
13752 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13753 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13754 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13755 systemd-fsck@.service.
13756
13757 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13758 Manager object.
13759
13760 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
13761 work sensibly.
13762
13763 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
13764 we actually understand.
13765
13766 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
13767 additional capabilities to the container.
13768
13769 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
13770 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
13771 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
13772
13773 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
13774 the current boot only.
13775
13776 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
13777 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
13778
13779 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
13780 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
13781 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
13782 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
13783 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
13784
13785 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13786
13787 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
13788 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13789 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
13790 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
13791
13792 CHANGES WITH 185:
13793
13794 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
13795 available.
13796
13797 * Several new man pages have been added.
13798
13799 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
13800 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
13801 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
13802 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
13803
13804 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
13805 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
13806
13807 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
13808 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
13809 Matthias Clasen
13810
13811 CHANGES WITH 184:
13812
13813 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
13814 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
13815
13816 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
13817 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
13818 daemon.
13819
13820 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
13821 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
13822
13823 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
13824 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
13825 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
13826 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
13827
13828 CHANGES WITH 183:
13829
13830 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
13831 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
13832 and systemd's most recent version number.
13833
13834 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
13835 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
13836 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
13837 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
13838 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
13839 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
13840
13841 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
13842 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
13843 subsystems.
13844
13845 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
13846 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
13847 used to subscribe to events.
13848
13849 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
13850 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
13851 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
13852 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
13853 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
13854 forked by udev rules.
13855
13856 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
13857 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
13858 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
13859 it.
13860
13861 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
13862 udev_monitor_from_socket()
13863 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
13864 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
13865 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
13866
13867 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
13868 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
13869
13870 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
13871 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
13872 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
13873 the files to the new names on upgrade.
13874
13875 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
13876 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
13877 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
13878 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
13879 to be used as drop-in files.
13880
13881 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
13882 particular suspending and hibernating.
13883
13884 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
13885 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
13886 about this in more detail.
13887
13888 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
13889 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
13890 places). Distributions which have not converted these
13891 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
13892 from git history and add them downstream.
13893
13894 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
13895 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
13896 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
13897 units.
13898
13899 * All smaller setup units (such as
13900 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
13901 are run in a container and are skipped when
13902 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
13903 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
13904
13905 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
13906 integrated, for details see:
13907 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
13908
13909 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
13910 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
13911 messages.
13912
13913 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
13914 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
13915 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
13916 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
13917 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
13918
13919 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
13920 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
13921 for all units started by PID 1.
13922
13923 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
13924 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
13925 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
13926
13927 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
13928 of PID 1 anymore.
13929
13930 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
13931 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
13932 have not been read by systemd yet.
13933
13934 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
13935 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
13936 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
13937 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
13938 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
13939 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
13940
13941 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
13942 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
13943
13944 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
13945
13946 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
13947 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
13948 so sexy.
13949
13950 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
13951 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
13952 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
13953 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
13954 patterns.
13955
13956 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
13957 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
13958 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
13959 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
13960
13961 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
13962 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
13963
13964 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
13965 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
13966 in systemd now.
13967
13968 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
13969 ID on the command line.
13970
13971 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
13972 for an init system.
13973
13974 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
13975 vt100.
13976
13977 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
13978
13979 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
13980 components now have directories of their own.
13981
13982 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
13983
13984 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
13985 container in other hierarchies.
13986
13987 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
13988 system.conf.
13989
13990 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
13991
13992 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
13993 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
13994
13995 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
13996 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
13997
13998 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
13999 locally generated journal files.
14000
14001 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14002
14003 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14004
14005 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14006 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14007 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14008 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14009 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14010 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14011 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14012 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14013 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14014 Gundersen
14015
14016 CHANGES WITH 44:
14017
14018 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14019
14020 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14021 KVM or container configured UUID.
14022
14023 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14024
14025 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14026
14027 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14028 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14029
14030 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14031
14032 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14033 folks
14034
14035 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14036 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14037 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14038
14039 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14040 configuration
14041
14042 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14043 free fashion
14044
14045 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14046 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14047 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14048 automatically generated data.
14049
14050 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14051 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14052 however.
14053
14054 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14055 tarball.
14056
14057 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14058 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14059 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14060 Reding
14061
14062 CHANGES WITH 43:
14063
14064 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14065
14066 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14067
14068 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14069
14070 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14071 normal user logins.
14072
14073 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14074 Biebl
14075
14076 CHANGES WITH 42:
14077
14078 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14079
14080 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14081 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14082 xsltproc.
14083
14084 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14085 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14086 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14087
14088 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14089 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14090 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14091
14092 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14093
14094 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14095 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14096 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14097
14098 CHANGES WITH 41:
14099
14100 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14101 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14102 package update.
14103
14104 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14105 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14106 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14107
14108 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14109 complete.
14110
14111 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14112 understood to set system wide environment variables
14113 dynamically at boot.
14114
14115 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14116
14117 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14118 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14119 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14120 files.
14121
14122 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14123 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14124 William Douglas
14125
14126 CHANGES WITH 40:
14127
14128 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14129
14130 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14131 "Result" D-Bus property.
14132
14133 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14134 the next few releases.)
14135
14136 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14137 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14138 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14139 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14140
14141 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14142 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14143 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14144
14145 CHANGES WITH 39:
14146
14147 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14148 bugfixes.
14149
14150 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14151 resource usage.
14152
14153 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14154 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14155 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14156 journals by the respective users.
14157
14158 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14159 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14160 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14161
14162 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14163 client for all entries.
14164
14165 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14166
14167 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14168 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14169
14170 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14171 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14172 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14173 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14174
14175 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14176 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14177 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14178
14179 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14180 journal along with meta data.
14181
14182 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14183 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14184 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14185
14186 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14187 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14188 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14189
14190 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14191
14192 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14193 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14194 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14195 or fsck.
14196
14197 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14198 requested with new -k switch.
14199
14200 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14201 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14202
14203 CHANGES WITH 38:
14204
14205 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14206 bugfixes.
14207
14208 * The git repository moved to:
14209 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14210 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14211
14212 * First release with the journal
14213 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14214
14215 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14216 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14217
14218 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14219
14220 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14221
14222 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14223 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14224 remote mounts.
14225
14226 * Added Mageia support
14227
14228 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14229
14230 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14231 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14232 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14233 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14234 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14235
14236 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14237 of existing distributions.
14238
14239 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14240 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14241
14242 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14243 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14244 boot.
14245
14246 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14247
14248 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14249 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14250 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14251 among other things.
14252
14253 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14254 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14255
14256 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14257
14258 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14259 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14260 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14261
14262 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14263 restored.
14264
14265 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14266 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14267 kmod
14268
14269 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14270 of /usr/local by default.
14271
14272 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14273 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14274 in:
14275 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14276
14277 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14278 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14279 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14280 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14281 supported anyway, and bad style).
14282
14283 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14284 reloading of units together.
14285
14286 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14287 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14288 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14289 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14290 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek